AltaBluet PLC Series

Adhesive Melters
Customer Product Manual
Part 1125334_03
Issued 02/18

This document contains important safety information.

Be sure to read and follow all safety information in this
document and any other related documentation.

NORDSON CORPORATION  DULUTH, GEORGIA  USA

www.nordson.com
 For CE Declaration, refer to equipment documentation.

Nordson Corporation welcomes requests for information, comments, and inquiries about its products. General information
about Nordson can be found on the Internet using the following address: http://www.nordson.com.

Address all correspondence to:

Nordson Corporation
Attn: Customer Service
11475 Lakefield Drive
Duluth, GA 30097

Notice

This is a Nordson Corporation publication which is protected by copyright. Original copyright date 2017.
Nopartofthisdocument may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written
consent of NordsonCorporation. Theinformationcontained in this publication is subject to change without notice.

Trademarks

Allegro, Apogee, Artiste, Asymtek, Automove, Avex, BaitGun, BKG, Blue Box, BM-32, BM-58, BM-63, Bowtie, Build‐A‐Part, CF, Century,
CleanSleeve, CleanSpray, Color‐on‐Demand, ColorMax, Conexis, Connections to Life, Contour, ControlCoat, Coolwave, Cross‐Cut,
CrystallCut, cScan+, Dage, Dima, DispenseJet, DispenseMate, DuraBlue, DuraDrum, DuraPail, e.dot, e-stylized, Easymelt, Ecodry,
Econo‐Coat, EDI, EFD, Eliminator, Emerald, Encore, Equatherm, Excel 2000, Fibrijet, Fluidmove, FoamMelt, FoalMelt - stylized,
FoamMix, Freedom, Fulfill, HDLV, Heli‐flow, Horizon, iControl, iDry, iFlow, IntelliJet, Isocore, Iso‐Flo, iTrax, KISS, LeanCell, LogiComm,
March, Maverick, Measuring the Invisible, MEG, Meltex, MicroCoat, MicroMark, Micromedics, Micro‐Meter, Microshot, Millennium,
MiniBlue, Mini Squirt, NexJet, No-Drip, Nordson, Nordson - stylized, Nordson and Arc, OptiMix, Optima, Optimum, Package of Values,
Paragon, PermaFlo, PICO, PicoDot, Plasmod, Poly-Check, Polymer Solution Casting, PorousCoat, PowderGrid, Precisecoat, PrintPlus,
ProBlue, ProBlue Liberty, Prodigy, Pro‐Flo, Program‐A‐Bead, Program‐A‐Shot, Program‐A‐Stream, Program‐A‐Swirl, Pro‐Meter, Pulsar,
Quantum, RBX, RediSet, Rhino, Saturn, Saturn with Rings, Scoreguard, Sealant Equipment & Engineering, Inc., SEE and design,
See‐Flo, SelectCharge, SelectCoat, Select Cure, Servo‐Flo, Shot‐A‐Matic, Signature - stylized, Slautterback, Smart‐Coat, Smart-Gun,
SolderPlus, Spectrum, Speed‐Coat, StediFlo, Stratablend, SureBead, Sure Coat, SureWrap, TAH, Tip-Seal, TRAK, Tribomatic, Trilogy,
TrueBlue, TrueCoat, Turbo, Ultra, u‐TAH, Value Plastics, Vantage, VersaBlue, Versa‐Coat, VersaDrum, VersaPail, Versa‐Spray,
VP Quick-Fit, VP Quick-Fit stylized, VP stylized, When you expect more., X-Plane, Xaloy, Xaloy - stylized, YesTech, and 2 Rings (design)
are registered trademarks of Nordson Corporation.

Accubar, Active Nozzle, Advanced Plasma Systems, AeroDeck, AeroWash, AltaBlue, AltaSlot, Alta Spray, ATS, Auto‐Flo, AutoScan,
Axiom, Best Choice, Better Dispensing, Blue Series, Bravura, CanPro, Champion, Check Mate, Classic IX, ClassicBlue, CleanCoat,
Cobalt, Concert, ContourCoat, Control Weave, Controlled Fiberization, CPX, cSelect, Cyclo‐Kinetic, DispensLink, Dry Cure, DuraBraid,
DuraCoat, DuraPUR, e.dot+, E‐Nordson, Easy Clean, EasyOn, EasyPW, Eclipse, EcoBead, EdgeControl, Equalizer, EquiBead,
FillEasy, FillSentry, FlexSeam, Flow Coat, FluxPlus, G‐Net, G‐Site, Genius, Get Green With Blue, Inspire, iON, Iso‐Flex, iTrend,
Lacquer Cure, Maxima, Mesa, MicroFin, MicroMax, Mikros, MiniEdge, Minimeter, MiniPUR, Multifill, MultiScan, Myritex, Nano,
OmniScan, OptiStroke, Optix, Partnership+Plus, PatternJet, PCI, PharmaLok, Pinnacle, PowderPilot, Powder Port, Powercure, Process
Sentry, Pulse Spray, PURBlue, PUReOne, PURJet, Ready Coat, RediCoat, RollVIA, Royal Blue, SelectSeries, Sensomatic, Shaftshield,
SheetAire, Smart, Smartfil, SolidBlue, Spectral, SpeedKing, Spray Works, StediTherm, StrokeControl, Summit, SureFoam, SureMix,
SureSeal, SwirlCoat, TradePlus, ThruWave, Trio, TruFlow, Ultrasaver, Ultrasmart, Unity, UNITYMotion, Universal, Ultra FoamMix,
UltraMax, ValueMate, Versa, VersaPUR, Vista, Web Cure, 781Mini, and 787Mini aretrademarks of NordsonCorporation.

Designations and trademarks stated in this document may be brands that, when used by third parties for their own purposes,
could lead to violation of the owners' rights.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

All rights reserved
 Table of Contents i

Table of Contents
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐1
Safety Alert Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐1
Responsibilities of the Equipment Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
Instructions, Requirements, and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
User Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
Applicable Industry Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐3
Intended Use of the Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐3
Instructions and Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐3
Installation Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐3
Operating Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐4
Maintenance and Repair Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐4
Equipment Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐5
Equipment Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐5
Disabling the Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐6
General Safety Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐7
Other Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐10
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐10
Safety Labels and Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐11

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
Intended Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
Examples of Unintended Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
Residual Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐2
Key Melter Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐2
Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐3
Pump Shut-Off Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐4
Pressure Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐4
Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐5
Heating and Heaters Off (Normal Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐5
Gear‐to‐Line Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐5
Melter Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐6

Hardware Installation and Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐1

Additional Installation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐1
Installation Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐2
Experience of Installation Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐2
Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐2
Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐2
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐5
Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐5
Pump Drive Internal Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐6
Other Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐6

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

ii Table of Contents

Unpacking the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7

Moving the Unpacked Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7
Contents of the Installation Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7
Customer‐Supplied Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7
Configuring the Electrical Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐8
Residual Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐8
Connecting the Electrical Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐8
Connecting Hoses and Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐10
To connect hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐10
To connect applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐16
Setting Up Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐16
To wire inputs/outputs to the melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐18
To set up inputs/outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐19
Setting Up Gear‐to‐Line Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐20
Connecting and Programming the Pump for Remote Control . . . . . . . . 3‐20
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐20
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐20
Installing Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐22
Connecting an Applicator Driver, Pattern Controller, or Timer . . . . . . . 3‐22
Flushing the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐22
Disposing of Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐22

Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐1
Starting the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐1
Navigating the Touch Screen Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐2
About the Operator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐2
Monitoring the Status of the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐3
About the Master Controls Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐6

Basic Operation and Melter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐1

Operating the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐2
Starting the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐2
Filling the Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐2
Controlling the Heaters and Standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐3
Controlling the Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐5
Understanding Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐6
Configuring Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐9
Enabling and Disabling Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐9
Modifying Zone Set Point Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐10
Modifying Zone Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐11
Modifying External Zone PID Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐12
Modifying Heating Zone Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐13
Understanding Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐14
Configuring Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐16
Enabling and Disabling Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐17
Changing Pump Speed Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐18
Adjusting Pump Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐24
Modifying Pump Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐25

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Table of Contents iii

Advanced Melter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐1

Advanced Temperature Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐3
Accessing Temperature Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐3
Defining a Global Set Point Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐4
Defining Temperature Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐5
Defining Ready Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐7
Defining Standby Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐8
Advanced Pump Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐9
Enabling and Disabling Auto Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐9
Defining Pump Remote Control By I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐11
Advanced Input/Output Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐12
Default Input Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐12
Default Output Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐13
System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐13
Accessing System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐13
Defining Temperature Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐14
Defining the Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐15
Defining Service Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐16
Defining Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐18
Screen Wipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐19
Defining Language Preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐21
Administrative Options and Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐22
Accessing Administration Settings and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐22
Managing Recipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐23
Accessing the Recipes Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐23
Resetting to System Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐26
Setting the System Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐27
Setting the IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐28
Configuring the HMI Setting after Changing the IP Address . . . . . . . 6‐29
Viewing Software Version and Heater On Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐31
Default User Settings and Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐32
Temperature Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐32
Pump Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐32
Melter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐33

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐1
Relieving System Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐1
Through the Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐1
Through the Melter Drain Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐2
Preventive Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐3
Locking Out the Motor Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐4
External Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐4
Changing the Material Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐4
Detaching the Exterior Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Fan and Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Motor and Gear Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Changing the Motor Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Replacing a Motor, Coupling, or RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐7
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐9
Tightening the Pump Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐9
Replacing a Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐10
Filter Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐14
Replacing the Filter Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐14

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

iv Table of Contents

Filter Service Kit (Until Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐16

Filter Service Kit (After Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐17
Pressure Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐18
Replacing the Pressure Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐18
Pressure/Circulation Control Valve Service Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐19
Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐20
Replacing the Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐20
Cleaning the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐21
Draining Material from the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐21
Cleaning the Tank by Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐21
Tightening the Fixing Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐21
Maintenance Record Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐22

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐1
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐1
Touch Screen Alerts and Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐1
Pump and Zone Alerts/Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐4
System Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐4
Motor Drive Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐5
Clearing Motor Drive Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐9
Clearing Motor Drive Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐11
Troubleshooting Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐12
Melter Not Functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐12
One Channel (Heating Zone) Does Not Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐12
Troubleshooting Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐13
No Material (Pump Does not Rotate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐13
No Material (Motor Rotating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐14
Too Little Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐14
Material Pressure Too High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐15
Material Pressure Too Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐15
Material Residue in Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐15
Material Hardens in Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐16
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐16

Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐1
Using the Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐1
AltaBlue Configuration Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐2
Frame Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐6
One/Two‐Pump Melter Frame Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐6
Three/Four‐Pump Melter Frame Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐8
Reservoir/Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐10
One/Two‐Pump Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐10
Three/Four‐Pump Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐12
Manifold Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐14
Hopper Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐18
One/Two‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐18
Three/Four‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐22
Pump Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐26
Pump Module Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐26
Single‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐28
Dual‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐29
Single‐Stream Gear Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐30
Dual‐Stream Gear Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐31
Safety Valve Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐32
Control Valve Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐34
Control Valve Module Parts (Until Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐34
Control Valve Module Parts (After Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐35

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Table of Contents v

Filter Cartridge Parts (Until Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐37

Filter Cartridge Parts (After Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐37
Pressure Control Valve Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐38
Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐39
Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Interface Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐40
2D Manual Pneumatic PCV Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐41
4D Manual Pneumatic PCV Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐42
Four‐Path Left Manual PCV Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐43
Four‐Path Right Manual PCV Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐44
2D Flow Control Bypass Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐45
4D Flow Control Bypass Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐46
Three‐Path Right Flow Control Bypass Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐48
Three‐Path Left Flow Control Bypass Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐50
Circulation Control Valve Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐52
Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐54
Motor Assembly Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐56
Electrical Enclosure Panel Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐58
400V Melter Left Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐58
One/Two‐Pump Melter 2 Hose/Applicator (400V)
Back Panel Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐60
One/Two‐Pump Melter 4 Hose/Applicator (400V)
Back Panel Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐62
One/Two-Pump 6 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel Parts List . . 9‐64
Three/Four­Pump 2 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel Parts List 9‐66
Three/Four­Pump 4 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel Parts List 9‐68
Three/Four­Pump 6 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel Parts List 9‐70
Three/Four‐Pump 8 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel Parts List 9‐72
Back Panel (240V, 2D, 2H/G) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐74
Back Panel (240V, 2D, 4H/G) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐76
Back Panel (240V, 2D, 6H/G) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐78
Back Panel (240V, 4D, 2H/G) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐80
Back Panel (240V, 4D, 4H/G) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐82
Back Panel (240V, 4D, 6H/G) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐84
Back Panel (240V, 4D, 8H/G) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐86
Right Panel (2D, 240V, 15/30L) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐88
Right Panel (2D, 240V, 50L) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐90
Right Panel (2D, 400V, 15/30L) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐92
Right Panel (2D, 400V, 50L) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐94
Right Panel (4D, 240V, 30/50L) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐96
Right Panel (4D, 240V, 100L) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐98
Right Panel (4D, 400V, 30/50L) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐100
Right Panel (4D, 400V, 100L) Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐102
One/Two‐Pump Melter Bottom Panel Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐104
Three/Four‐Pump Melter Bottom Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐105
RPM Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐106
Control Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐107
Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐108
Low Level Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐110
Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐111
Pressure Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐111
Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐111
Line‐Speed Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐111
Optional Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐112
Recommended Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐113

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

vi Table of Contents

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐1

General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐1
Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐1
Mechanical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐2
One/Two and Three/Four Pump Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐2
Electrical Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐2
Hydraulic Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐3

Calculating Melter Power Requirements

(Including Heater Specifications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐1
Maximum Allowable Hose/Applicator Wattages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐2
Power Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐3
Heater Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐5
Ethernet Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐6
Ethernet Network Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐6
Summary of the communication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐7
Basic Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐8
Communications Flow between PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐9
Communications Image on Each Buffer Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐10
Ethernet Module Setting (AB PLC : FX series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐11
Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐11
Open Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐12
Data Layout Outline (AB PLC : FX series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐13
Receive Data Layout (Host -> AB PLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐13
Receive Data (Host -> AB PLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐15
Monitor Data (AB PLC -> Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐16
Fault/Alert Message Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐26
Alert Message List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐26
Fault Message List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐41
Operating Time Chart (PLC AB <-> Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐57
Setting Heater Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐57
Setting Pump Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐58
Master Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐59
Heater Enable/Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐60
Pump Enable/Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐61
Recipe Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐62
Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A‐63

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-1

Section 1

Safety
Read this section before using the equipment. This section contains
recommendations and practices applicable to the safe installation, operation,
and maintenance (hereafter referred to as “use”) of the product described in
this document (hereafter referred to as “equipment”). Additional safety
information, in the form of task‐specific safety alert messages, appears as
appropriate throughout this document.

WARNING! Failure to follow the safety messages, recommendations, and

hazard avoidance procedures provided in this document can result in
personal injury, including death, or damage to equipment or property.

Safety Alert Symbols

The following safety alert symbol and signal words are used throughout this
document to alert the reader to personal safety hazards or to identify
conditions that may result in damage to equipment or property. Comply with
all safety information that follows the signal word.

WARNING! Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided,

can result in serious personal injury, including death.

CAUTION! Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided,

can result in minor or moderate personal injury.

CAUTION! (Used without the safety alert symbol) Indicates a potentially

hazardous situation that, if not avoided, can result in damage to equipment or
property.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

1-2 Safety

Responsibilities of the Equipment Owner

Equipment owners are responsible for managing safety information, ensuring
that all instructions and regulatory requirements for use of the equipment are
met, and for qualifying all potential users.

Safety Information
S Research and evaluate safety information from all applicable sources,
including the owner‐specific safety policy, best industry practices,
governing regulations, material manufacturer's product information, and
this document.
S Make safety information available to equipment users in accordance with
governing regulations. Contact the authority having jurisdiction for
information.
S Maintain safety information, including the safety labels affixed to the
equipment, in readable condition.

Instructions, Requirements, and Standards

S Ensure that the equipment is used in accordance with the information
provided in this document, governing codes and regulations, and best
industry practices.
S If applicable, receive approval from your facility's engineering or safety
department, or other similar function within your organization, before
installing or operating the equipment for the first time.
S Provide appropriate emergency and first aid equipment.
S Conduct safety inspections to ensure required practices are being
followed.
S Re‐evaluate safety practices and procedures whenever changes are
made to the process or equipment.

User Qualifications
Equipment owners are responsible for ensuring that users:

S receive safety training appropriate to their job function as directed by

governing regulations and best industry practices
S are familiar with the equipment owner's safety and accident
prevention policies and procedures
S receive equipment‐ and task‐specific training from another qualified
individual
NOTE: Nordson can provide equipment‐specific installation,
operation, and maintenance training. Contact your Nordson
representative for information

S possess industry‐ and trade‐specific skills and a level of experience

appropriate to their job function
S are physically capable of performing their job function and are not
under the influence of any substance that degrades their mental
capacity or physical capabilities

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-3

Applicable Industry Safety Practices

The following safety practices apply to the use of the equipment in the
manner described in this document. The information provided here is not
meant to include all possible safety practices, but represents the best safety
practices for equipment of similar hazard potential used in similar industries.

Intended Use of the Equipment

S Use the equipment only for the purposes described and within the limits
specified in this document.
S Do not modify the equipment.
S Do not use incompatible materials or unapproved auxiliary devices.
Contact your Nordson representative if you have any questions on
material compatibility or the use of non‐standard auxiliary devices.

Instructions and Safety Messages

S Read and follow the instructions provided in this document and other
referenced documents.
S Familiarize yourself with the location and meaning of the safety warning
labels and tags affixed to the equipment. Refer to Safety Labels and Tags
at the end of this section.
S If you are unsure of how to use the equipment, contact your Nordson
representative for assistance.

Installation Practices
S Install the equipment in accordance with the instructions provided in this
document and in the documentation provided with auxiliary devices.
S Ensure that the equipment is rated for the environment in which it will be
used. This equipment has not been certified for compliance with the
ATEX directive nor as nonincendive and should not be installed in
potentially explosive environments.
S Ensure that the processing characteristics of the material will not create a
hazardous environment. Refer to the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for the
material.
S If the required installation configuration does not match the installation
instructions, contact your Nordson representative for assistance.
S Position the equipment for safe operation. Observe the requirements for
clearance between the equipment and other objects.
S Install lockable power disconnects to isolate the equipment and all
independently powered auxiliary devices from their power sources.
S Properly ground all equipment. Contact your local building code
enforcement agency for specific requirements.
S Ensure that fuses of the correct type and rating are installed in fused
equipment.
S Contact the authority having jurisdiction to determine the requirement for
installation permits or inspections.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

1-4 Safety

Operating Practices
S Familiarize yourself with the location and operation of all safety devices
and indicators.
S Confirm that the equipment, including all safety devices (guards,
interlocks, etc.), is in good working order and that the required
environmental conditions exist.
S Use the personal protective equipment (PPE) specified for each task.
Refer to Equipment Safety Information or the material manufacturer's
instructions and SDS for PPE requirements.
S Do not use equipment that is malfunctioning or shows signs of a potential
malfunction.

Maintenance and Repair Practices

S Allow only personnel with appropriate training and experience to operate
or service the equipment.
S Perform scheduled maintenance activities at the intervals described in
this document.
S Relieve system hydraulic and pneumatic pressure before servicing the
equipment.
S De‐energize the equipment and all auxiliary devices before servicing the
equipment.
S Use only new Nordson‐authorized refurbished or replacement parts.
S Read and comply with the manufacturer's instructions and the SDS
supplied with equipment cleaning compounds.
NOTE: SDSs for cleaning compounds that are sold by Nordson are
available at www.nordson.com or by calling your Nordson representative.

S Confirm the correct operation of all safety devices before placing the
equipment back into operation.
S Dispose of waste cleaning compounds and residual process materials
according to governing regulations. Refer to the applicable SDS or
contact the authority having jurisdiction for information.
S Keep equipment safety warning labels clean. Replace worn or damaged
labels.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-5

Equipment Safety Information

This equipment safety information is applicable to the following types of
Nordson equipment:

S hot melt and cold adhesive application equipment and all related
accessories
S pattern controllers, timers, detection and verification systems, and all
other optional process control devices

Equipment Shutdown
To safely complete many of the procedures described in this document, the
equipment must first be shut down. The level of shut down required varies by
the type of equipment in use and the procedure being completed.
If required, shut down instructions are specified at the start of the procedure.
The levels of shut down are listed below.

Relieving System Hydraulic Pressure

Completely relieve system hydraulic pressure before breaking any hydraulic
connection or seal. Refer to the melter‐specific product manual for
instructions on relieving system hydraulic pressure.

De‐energizing the System

Isolate the system (melter, hoses, applicators, and optional devices) from all
power sources before accessing any unprotected high‐voltage wiring or
connection point.

1. Turn off the equipment and all auxiliary devices connected to the
equipment (system).
2. To prevent the equipment from being accidentally energized, lock and
tag the disconnect switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) that provide input
electrical power to the equipment and optional devices.
NOTE: Government regulations and industry standards dictate specific
requirements for the isolation of hazardous energy sources. Refer to the
appropriate regulation or standard.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

1-6 Safety

Disabling the Applicators

NOTE: Adhesive dispensing applicators are referred to as “guns” in some
previous publications.

All electrical or mechanical devices that provide an activation signal to the

applicators, applicator solenoid valve(s), or the melter pump must be
disabled before work can be performed on or around an applicator that is
connected to a pressurized system.

1. Turn off or disconnect the applicator triggering device (pattern controller,

timer, PLC, etc.).
2. Disconnect the input signal wiring to the applicator solenoid valve(s).
3. Reduce the air pressure to the applicator solenoid valve(s) to zero; then
relieve the residual air pressure between the regulator and the applicator.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-7

General Safety Warnings and Cautions

Table 1‐1 contains the general safety warnings and cautions that apply to
Nordson hot melt and cold adhesive equipment. Review the table and
carefully read all of the warnings or cautions that apply to the type of
equipment described in this manual.

Equipment types are designated in Table 1‐1 as follows:

HM = Hot melt (melters, hoses, applicators, etc.)

PC = Process control
CA = Cold adhesive (dispensing pumps, pressurized container, and
applicators)

Table 1‐1 General Safety Warnings and Cautions

Equipment
Type Warning or Caution

WARNING! Hazardous vapors! Before processing any polyurethane

reactive (PUR) hot melt or solvent‐based material through a compatible
HM Nordson melter, read and comply with the material's SDS. Ensure that
the material's processing temperature and flashpoints will not be
exceeded and that all requirements for safe handling, ventilation, first
aid, and personal protective equipment are met. Failure to comply with
SDS requirements can cause personal injury, including death.

WARNING! Reactive material! Never clean any aluminum component

or flush Nordson equipment with halogenated hydrocarbon fluids.
HM Nordson melters and applicators contain aluminum components that
may react violently with halogenated hydrocarbons. The use of
halogenated hydrocarbon compounds in Nordson equipment can
cause personal injury, including death.

WARNING! System pressurized! Relieve system hydraulic pressure

HM, CA before breaking any hydraulic connection or seal. Failure to relieve the
system hydraulic pressure can result in the uncontrolled release of hot
melt or cold adhesive, causing personal injury.

Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

1-8 Safety

Table 1‐1 General Safety Warnings and Cautions (contd)

Equipment
Type Warning or Caution

WARNING! Molten material! Wear eye or face protection, clothing that

HM protects exposed skin, and heat‐protective gloves when servicing
equipment that contains molten hot melt. Even when solidified, hot melt
can still cause burns. Failure to wear appropriate personal protective
equipment can result in personal injury.

WARNING! Equipment starts automatically! Remote triggering devices

are used to control automatic hot melt applicators. Before working on
HM, PC or near an operating applicator, disable the applicator's triggering
device and remove the air supply to the applicator's solenoid valve(s).
Failure to disable the applicator's triggering device and remove the
supply of air to the solenoid valve(s) can result in personal injury.

WARNING! Risk of electrocution! Even when switched off and

electrically isolated at the disconnect switch or circuit breaker, the
HM, CA, PC equipment may still be connected to energized auxiliary devices.
De‐energize and electrically isolate all auxiliary devices before
servicing the equipment. Failure to properly isolate electrical power to
auxiliary equipment before servicing the equipment can result in
personal injury, including death.

WARNING! Risk of fire or explosion! Nordson adhesive equipment is

not rated for use in explosive environments and has not been certified
for the ATEX directive or as nonincendive. In addition, this equipment
HM, CA, PC should not be used with solvent‐based adhesives that can create an
explosive atmosphere when processed. Refer to the MSDS for the
adhesive to determine its processing characteristics and limitations.
The use of incompatible solvent‐based adhesives or the improper
processing of solvent‐based adhesives can result in personal injury,
including death.

WARNING! Allow only personnel with appropriate training and

HM, CA, PC experience to operate or service the equipment. The use of untrained
or inexperienced personnel to operate or service the equipment can
result in injury, including death, to themselves and others and can
damage to the equipment.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-9

Equipment
Type Warning or Caution

CAUTION! Hot surfaces! Avoid contact with the hot metal surfaces of
HM applicators, hoses, and certain components of the melter. If contact
can not be avoided, wear heat‐protective gloves and clothing when
working around heated equipment. Failure to avoid contact with hot
metal surfaces can result in personal injury.

CAUTION! Some Nordson melters are specifically designed to

process polyurethane reactive (PUR) hot melt. Attempting to process
PUR in equipment not specifically designed for this purpose can
HM
damage the equipment and cause premature reaction of the hot melt. If
you are unsure of the equipment's ability to process PUR, contact your
Nordson representative for assistance.

CAUTION! Before using any cleaning or flushing compound on or in

the equipment, read and comply with the manufacturer's instructions
HM, CA and the MSDS supplied with the compound. Some cleaning
compounds can react unpredictably with hot melt or cold adhesive,
resulting in damage to the equipment.

CAUTION! Nordson hot melt equipment is factory tested with Nordson

Type R fluid that contains polyester adipate plasticizer. Certain hot melt
HM materials can react with Type R fluid and form a solid gum that can
clog the equipment. Before using the equipment, confirm that the hot
melt is compatible with Type R fluid.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

1-10 Safety

Other Safety Precautions

S Do not use an open flame to heat hot melt system components.
S Check high pressure hoses daily for signs of excessive wear, damage, or
leaks.
S Never point a dispensing handgun at yourself or others.
S Suspend dispensing handguns by their proper suspension point.

First Aid
If molten hot melt comes in contact with your skin:

1. Do NOT attempt to remove the molten hot melt from your skin.
2. Immediately soak the affected area in clean, cold water until the hot melt
has cooled.
3. Do NOT attempt to remove the solidified hot melt from your skin.
4. In case of severe burns, treat for shock.
5. Seek expert medical attention immediately. Give the MSDS for the hot
melt to the medical personnel providing treatment.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-11

Safety Labels and Tags

Figure 1‐1 illustrates the location of the product safety labels and tags affixed
to the equipment. Table 1‐2 provides an illustration of the hazard
identification symbols that appear on each safety label and tag, the meaning
of the symbol, or the exact wording of any safety message.

Figure 1‐1 Safety labels and tags

Table 1‐2 Safety Labels and Tags

Item Part Description
1. 1025795
WARNING! Hazardous voltage! Disconnect all power supply
connections before servicing.
2. 224906
WARNING! TAG,WARNING,ELEC SHOCK
3. 224905
WARNING! HOT
4. 1100254
CAUTION! HOT SURFACE
5. 1100256
WARNING! TAG,WARNING,ADH/HYD PRESS
6. 1120127
WARNING! TAG,WARNING,HIGH LEAKAGE CURRENT

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

1-12 Safety

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Introduction 2-1

Section 2

Introduction
Intended Use
AltaBlue™ adhesive melters may be used only to melt and convey suitable
materials, e.g. thermoplastic hot melt adhesives.

Any other use is considered to be unintended. Nordson will not be liable for
personal injury or property damage resulting from unintended use.

Intended use includes the observance of Nordson safety instructions.

Nordson recommends obtaining detailed information on the materials to be
used.

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

In regard to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), the melter is intended for
use in industrial applications.

When operated in residential or commercial areas, the melter may cause

interference in other electrical units, e.g. radios.

Examples of Unintended Use

The melter may not be used under the following conditions:

S In defective condition
S Without insulation blanket and protective panels
S With electrical cabinet door open
S With tank lid open
S In a potentially explosive atmosphere
S When values stated in Section 10, Technical Data are not complied with.
The melter may not be used to process the following materials:

S Polyurethane hot melt adhesive (PUR)

S Explosive and flammable materials
S Erosive and corrosive materials
S Food products

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

2-2 Introduction

Residual Risks
In the design of the unit, every measure was taken to protect personnel from
potential danger. However, some residual risks can not be avoided:

S Risk of burns from hot material.

S Risk of burns when filling the tank, from the tank lid, and from the tank lid
supports.
S Risk of burns when conducting maintenance and repair work for which
the melter must be heated up.
S Risk of burns when attaching and removing heated hoses.
S Material fumes can be hazardous. Avoid inhalation.
S Risk of damage to cables/lines belonging to the customer, if they were
installed such that they come into contact with hot or rotating parts.
S The safety valve may malfunction due to hardened or charred material.

Key Melter Components

Figure 2‐1 provides the name and the location of key melter components.

Figure 2-1 Key melter components

1 Touch Screen 5 Motors 9 Hose receptacles
2 Protective panel, removable 6 Filter cartridge 10 ID plate
3 Tank lid 7 Pressure control valve 11 Hopper
4 Main power switch 8 Manifold

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Introduction 2-3

Electrical Components

Figure 2-2 Key electrical components

1 Main switch 6 RC suppressor 11 Control relay
2 Lockout switch 7 PLC CPU 12 Busbar
3 Main circuit breaker 8 Circuit breaker 13 I/O connector
4 Distribution block 9 Solid state relay 14 Fan
5 Contractor 10 Motor drive controller 15 24VCD power supply
16 PLC ethernet module
Note: The central processing unit is not shown in this illustration. Refer to Section 9, Parts.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

2-4 Introduction

Pump Shut-Off Valve

The pump shut-off valve allows replacement of the pump without first
emptying the tank.

Figure 2-3 Location of the pump shut−off valve

Pressure Control Valves

The manual pressure control valves can be adjusted from 0-90 bar.

Figure 2-4 Location of the pressure control valves

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Introduction 2-5

Modes of Operation
AltaBlue melters operate in the following modes.

Heating and Heaters Off (Normal Mode)

The melter operates with the heaters either on or off. The melter will trigger a
“ready” condition when the heaters reach their programmed temperature
zones (hopper and reservoir) and external zones (hoses, standard and large
applicators and air heaters) confirming all zones are within their pre‐defined
setpoint temperature range.

Standby
All internal and external zones are reduced, by the default 50°C (90°F) down
from their setpoint temperature.

Fault
The melter alerts the operator when an abnormal event occurs.

Gear‐to‐Line Capability
The melter is capable of delivering an adhesive output that is geared to the
production line speed. A line‐speed signal generator must be installed if you
want to use the gear‐to‐line capability.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

2-6 Introduction

Melter Identification
You will need the model and part number of your melter when requesting
service or ordering spare parts and optional equipment. The model and part
number are indicated on the equipment identification plate that is located on
the front of the melter.

Figure 2-5 Location of the melter identification plate

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-1

Section 3

Hardware Installation and Setup

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.
Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

AltaBlue melters are factory‐configured for each order and require only the
assembly and set up tasks described in this section.

The melter is shipped from the factory with an installation kit that contains
components that must be assembled onto the melter by the customer. Some
additional materials must also be supplied by the customer to complete the
installation.

If optional equipment was ordered with the melter, refer to the documentation
provided with the optional equipment for installation and operating
instructions.

Additional Installation Information

This section presents installation procedures in their most commonly used
form. Procedural variations or special considerations are explained in the
additional information table that follows most procedures. Where applicable,
some table entries also contain cross‐reference information. Additional
information tables are indicated by the symbol shown to the left.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-2 Hardware Installation and Setup

Installation Tasks
The installation sequence is as follows:

1. Verify that the required environmental conditions and utilities exist.

2. Unpack and inspect the melter.
3. Configuring the Electrical Service.
4. Connecting Hoses and Applicators.
5. Setting Up Inputs/Outputs.
6. Setting Up Gear-to-Line Operations.
7. Installing Optional Equipment.
8. Connect an applicator driver, pattern controller, or timer.
9. Flush the melter.

Experience of Installation Personnel

The instructions provided in this section are intended to be used by
personnel who have experience in the following subjects:

S Hot melt application processes

S Industrial power and control wiring
S Industrial mechanical installation practices
S Basic process control and instrumentation

Installation Requirements
Before installing the melter, ensure that the desired installation location
provides the required clearances, environmental conditions, and utilities.

Clearances
Figures 3‐1 and 3‐2 illustrate the minimum clearances that are required
between the melter and surrounding objects.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-3

Figure 3-1 One/two-pump melter minimum installation clearances

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-4 Hardware Installation and Setup

Clearances (contd)

Figure 3-2 Three/four-pump melter minimum installation clearances

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-5

Ventilation
AltaBlue melters are cooled by forced air. Air is drawn in through by the
ventilation fan and is exhausted out of the ventilation slots at the top of the
melter.

CAUTION! Do not block the fan air intake openings or the exhaust ventilation
slots.

Figure 3-3 Location of the ventilation openings

Electrical Power
Before installing the melter, ensure that the melter will not be overloaded and
that the plant's electrical service is rated to handle the power required by the
melter and the hoses and applicators that you plan to use.

Refer to Appendix A, Calculating Melter Power Requirements, for information

about how to calculate the maximum allowable hose lengths and applicator
wattages that can be used in your manufacturing application.

WARNING! Risk of electrocution! Install a lockable power disconnect switch

between the electrical service and the melter. Failure to install or properly
use the disconnect switch when servicing the melter can result in personal
injury, including death.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-6 Hardware Installation and Setup

Pump Drive Internal Filter

The AltaBlue melter is manufactured and shipped from the factory in
compliance with CE regulations. If the pump drive internal filter, located
inside each pump drive, is turned off, the melter will no longer be
CE‐compliant.

Figure 3-4 Location of the pump drive internal filter inside a pump drive

Other Considerations
Consider the following additional factors when evaluating where to install the
melter.

S The maximum distance between the melter and each applicator is

dictated by the power requirement of each hose. Refer to Appendix A,
Calculating Melter Power Requirements, for information about how to
determine the maximum allowable length.
S The operator must be able to accurately monitor and safely reach the
touch screen display.
S The operator must be able to safely observe the level of hot melt inside
the hopper/reservoir.
S The melter must be installed away from areas with strong drafts or where
sudden temperature changes occur.
S The melter must be installed where it will be in conformance with the
ventilation requirements specified in the Material Safety Data Sheet for
the hot melt being used.
S The melter should not be exposed to excessive vibration.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-7

Unpacking the Melter

Before starting the installation, remove the melter from the pallet, locate the
installation kit, and inspect the melter for damaged and missing parts. Report
any problems to your Nordson representative.

Moving the Unpacked Melter

When moving the melter, always support the melter by placing any lifting
device under the chassis.

Contents of the Installation Kit

The installation kit provided with the melter contains the components shown
in Figure 3‐5.

The installation kit also contains a package of safety label overlays that are
printed in variety of languages. If required by local regulations, the
appropriate language overlay should be applied over the English version of
the same label. Refer to Safety Labels and Tags in Section 1, Safety, for the
location of each safety label.

Customer‐Supplied Materials
The following additional materials are also required to install the melter.

S A power cable. Rigid or flexible electrical conduit will be required.

S (Optional) Gear‐to‐line input signal wiring
S (Optional) Input/output signal wiring

1 P/N 7400333

Figure 3-5 Installation kit components

1. Straight hose connector (4)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-8 Hardware Installation and Setup

Configuring the Electrical Service

AltaBlue melters are shipped from the factory without an attached power
cable. To configure the melter to function in your facility, you must connect a
properly rated power cable.

The maximum power draw of the melter for any supported service code
is 81 A.

Residual Current Circuit Breakers

Local regulations in some geographic areas or industrial branches may
require residual current circuit breakers.

Then observe the following points:

S Permanent installation is required (fixed line voltage connection)

S The residual current circuit breaker is to be installed only between the
power supply and the melter.
S Only residual current circuit breakers sensitive to pulsating current or
universal current (> 30 mA) may be used.

Connecting the Electrical Service

NOTE: The melter must be installed securely (permanent power supply
connection).

WARNING! Operate only at the operating voltage shown on the ID plate.

NOTE: Permitted deviation from the rated line voltage is 10%.

NOTE: The power cable cross‐section must comply with the maximum
power consumption (refer to Section 10, Technical Data).

WARNING! Ensure that cables do not touch rotating and/or hot melter
components. Do not pinch cables and check regularly for damage. Replace
damaged cables immediately!

1. See Figure 3‐6. Route the power cable into the electrical cabinet through
the strain relief on the side of the base.
NOTE: Do not route any input/output wiring through this strain relief.

2. Connect the power cable to the service terminal block as indicated in

Table 3‐1 and illustrated in Figure 3‐6.
3. Connect the service ground lead to the ground terminal located on the
DIN rail at XL0:PE.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-9

Table 3-1 Electrical Service Wiring

Terminals
Line voltage
1 2 3 N PE
230 VAC 3-phase without neutral (Delta) D D D D
400 VAC 3-phase with neutral (star−WYE) D D D D D
400 VAC 3-phase without neutral (Delta) D D D D
480 VAC 3-phase without neutral (Delta) D D D D

Figure 3-6 Location of service wiring strain relief and terminal block

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-10 Hardware Installation and Setup

Connecting Hoses and Applicators

WARNING! Risk of fire or equipment damage. Before connecting hoses and

applicators to the melter, confirm that the power required by each
hose/applicator pair and each hose/applicator module, does not exceed the
maximum wattages specified in Appendix A, Table A‐1, Maximum Allowable
Wattages.

To connect hoses
See Figures 3‐8 through 3‐11 to properly connect the hose hydraulic fittings
based on the manifold configuration. If hoses are not connected properly, the
melter will not operate correctly.

If applicable, connect a return hose (see Figure 3‐7). To do this, remove the
O‐ring fitting from the return hose port and install the hose connector fitting
from the ship‐with kit. The return hose port is located on the rear of the melter
at the top of the hopper.

See Figure 3‐12 to connect hose cordsets.

Observe the following guidelines:

S For information about choosing the correct Nordson hot melt hose for
your manufacturing process, refer to the latest edition of Nordson's hot
melt dispensing equipment Replacement Parts Catalog or contact your
Nordson representative.
S Refer to the user's guide provided with each Nordson hose. The guide
contains important information about routing and installing the hose.
S Save all of the port plugs removed from the manifold. A port plug will
need to be reinstalled into the manifold if a hose is later removed.

Figure 3-7 Location of the optional return hose fitting

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-11

Pump 1: Output port 5

Pump 1: Output port 4

Pump 1: Output port 3

Pump 1: Output port 7

Pump 1: Output port 6

Pump 1: Output port 2 Pump 1: Output port 1

Figure 3-8 Connecting hoses—one/two-pump melter manifold with one single-stream (1 SS) pump

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-12 Hardware Installation and Setup

To connect hoses (contd)

Pump 2: Output port 3

Pump 2: Output port 2

Pump 2: Output port 1 Pump 1: Output port 3

Pump 1: Output port 2

Pump 1: Output port 1

Figure 3-9 Connecting hoses—one/two-pump melter manifold with two single-stream (2 SS) pump

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-13

Pump 2: Stream 2, Output port 1 Pump 1: Stream 1, Output port 1

Pump 2: Stream 2, Output port 2 Pump 1: Stream 1, Output port 2

Pump 2: Stream 1, Output port 1 Pump 1: Stream 2, Output port 1

Pump 2: Stream 1, Output port 2 Pump 1: Stream 2, Output port 2

Figure 3-10 Connecting hoses—one/two-pump melter manifold with two dual-stream (2 DS) pumps

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-14 Hardware Installation and Setup

To connect hoses (contd)

Pump 2: Output port 3

Pump 2: Output port 2

Pump 2: Output port 1

Pump 3: Output port 7

Pump 3: Output port 6
Pump 3: Output port 5
Pump 3: Output port 4
Pump 3: Output port 2
Pump 3: Output port 3

Pump 3: Output port 1 Pump 1: Output port 2

Pump 1: Output port 1 Pump 1: Output port 3

Figure 3-11 Connecting hoses—three/four-pump melter manifolds

Note: Do not connect hoses to the top four manifold ports on any single‐stream pump configuration.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-15

Figure 3-12 Connecting a hose cordset

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-16 Hardware Installation and Setup

To connect applicators
Observe the following guidelines:

S AltaBlue melters with 100‐ohm platinum sensors support all Nordson

M‐style applicators.
S For information about choosing the most appropriate Nordson hot melt
applicator for your manufacturing process, refer to the latest edition of
Nordson's hot melt dispensing equipment Replacement Parts Catalog or
contact your Nordson representative. Refer to Appendix A, Calculating
Melter Power Requirements, for information about how to calculate the
power required by Nordson hot melt applicators.
S Refer to the user's guide that is shipped with each applicator for
information about installing the applicator and connecting a hose to the
applicator.

NOTE: AltaBlue melters are shipped with a 0.2 mm hot melt filter installed in
the manifold. Order the appropriate applicator nozzle based on this filter
mesh size.

Setting Up Inputs/Outputs
AltaBlue PLC melters are equipped with seven inputs, which provide the
following input control:

S Place the melter into the standby mode

S Turn the heaters on and off
S Turn the master pump on and off
S Enable the slave pump (1-4)
The input contacts use a constant 17 to 28 VDC signal voltage.

WARNING! Ensure that the control logic for any external device that sends
an input signal to the melter will prevent the creation of an unsafe condition.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-17

The melter is also equipped with six outputs. Outputs are used to
communicate with user‐supplied production equipment or control hardware,
such as a programmable logic controller.

The melter provides the following outputs:

S The melter is ready.

S The melter is ready and the motor is enabled.
S A fault has occurred.
S An alarm has occurred.
S A reminder of service has occurred.
S The hot melt level is low (only if the optional level switch is installed).
All outputs are 24VDC transistor source, and the load current should be
below 200mA.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-18 Hardware Installation and Setup

To wire inputs/outputs to the melter

See Figure 3‐13.

1. A female quick connector (32 positions + PE) is located on the melter

right panel. Route a signal cable from the control equipment to the melter
through a male quick connector (32 positions + PE). The male quick
connector has a PG-21 strain relief to fasten the signal cable. I/O
connector designation: -8X21 Function: transmits the digital input/output
signals and key-to-line signal between the parent machine and the
Nordson melter.

NOTE: Use a signal cable suitable for NEC class1 remote control and
signaling circuits. To reduce the possibility of electrical shorting, route the
cable so that it does not touch nearby circuit boards.

2. Connect each pair of input and output wires to the appropriate terminals
on I/O connector. Refer to table below for the terminal numbers that
correspond to each input.

Figure 3-13 Location of the quick connector (-8X21) for connecting input/output wiring

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-19

To set up inputs/outputs
Set up the parameter control option for each input and output that you
connected to the melter. Table 3‐2 lists the available control options.
Table 3-2 Input/Output Data
Item Description Control Terminals Notes
Options
1 Master pump Digital -8X21:1, +24VDC Input activated with 17 - 28 VDC.
enable Input -8X21:8, COM
2 Master Digital -8X21:2, +24VDC Input activated with 17 - 28 VDC.
heater Input -8X21:8, COM
enable
3 Standby Digital -8X21:3 ,+24VDC Input activated with 17 - 28 VDC.
enable Input -8X21:8, COM
4 Pump 1 Digital -8X21:4, +24VDC Input activated with 17 - 28 VDC.
enable Input -8X21:8, COM
5 Pump 2 Digital -8X21:5, +24VDC Input activated with 17 - 28 VDC.
enable Input -8X21:8, COM
6 Pump 3 Digital -8X21:6, +24VDC Input activated with 17 - 28 VDC.
enable Input -8X21:8, COM
7 Pump 4 Digital -8X21:7,+24VDC Input activated with 17 - 28 VDC.
enable Input -8X21:8, COM
8 Gear-to-line Analog -8X21:25, 0-10VDC Refer to Setting Up Gear-to-line Operation.
input 1 Input -8X21:26, COM Connect the positive wire to -8X21:25. Connect
the negative wire to -8X21:26.
9 Gear-to-line Analog -8X21:27, 0-10VDC Refer to Setting Up Gear-to-line Operation.
input 2 Input -8X21:28, COM Connect the positive wire to -8X21:27. Connect
the negative wire to -8X21:28.
10 Gear-to-line Analog -8X21:29, 0-10VDC Refer to Setting Up Gear-to-line Operation.
input 3 Input -8X21:30, COM Connect the positive wire to -8X21:29. Connect
the negative wire to -8X21:30.
11 Gear-to-line Analog -8X21:31, 0-10VDC Refer to Setting Up Gear-to-line Operation.
input 4 Input -8X21:32, COM Connect the positive wire to -8X21:31. Connect
the negative wire to -8X21:32.
12 Ready Digital -8X21:11, +24VDC Transistor output +24VDC. Load current should
Output -8X21:12, COM be below 200mA.
13 Alarm Digital -8X21:13, +24VDC Transistor output +24VDC. Load current should
Output -8X21:14, COM be below 200mA.
14 Fault Digital -8X21:15, +24VDC Transistor output +24VDC. Load current should
Output -8X21:16, COM be below 200mA.
15 Low Level Digital -8X21:17, +24VDC Transistor output +24VDC. Load current should
Output -8X21:18, COM be below 200mA.
16 Ready and Digital -8X21:19, +24VDC Transistor output +24VDC. Load current should
Run Output -8X21:20, COM be below 200mA.
17 Service Digital -8X21:21, +24VDC Transistor output +24VDC. Load current should
Alarm Output -8X21:22, COM be below 200mA.
NOTE: Gear-to-line analog input can choose option as individual pump control or multi-pumps control.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-20 Hardware Installation and Setup

Setting Up Gear‐to‐Line Operation

If you want to use the gear-to-line capability, install a (customer-supplied)
line-speed signal generator to measure the speed of the production line. The
AltaBlue motor control accepts a 0−10 VDC analog input signal.

NOTE: Nordson offers a 0-10 VDC line‐speed signal generator. Refer to

Optional Accessories in Section 9, Parts, for the part number.

To use the gear-to-line capability, connect a 0−10 VDC signal from a

customer-supplied line-speed signal generator to the appropriate terminals
on terminal block -8X21 on the electrical enclosure right panel. See
Figure 3‐13 for the location of terminal block -8X21. Refer to Table 3‐2 for the
terminal numbers that correspond to each input/output.

Connecting and Programming the Pump for Remote Control

Complete the Wiring and Programming instructions below to remotely
monitor and run the pumps.

Wiring
To use the motor run status monitoring capability, connect wiring from the
parent machine to the appropriate terminals on I/O connectors on right panel
of the electrical enclosure. See Figure 3‐13 for the location of I/O connectors.
Refer to Table 3‐2 for the terminal numbers that correspond to each
input/output

Programming
Use the keypad located on each pump drive inside the electrical enclosure to
set up the pump run status monitoring.

1. Press ENT until I-O is displayed.

2. Press ENT again to access the I/O parameters.
3. Press the arrow keys until parameter r2 is displayed.
4. Press ENT to access this parameter.
5. Press the arrow keys until rUn is displayed.
6. Press ENT to save this value.
7. Press ESC twice to return to the monitoring mode.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-21

Figure 3-14 Motor drive power LED and display

1. Motor drive power LED (steady=OK, 2. Display
flashing=fault, off=no power)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

3-22 Hardware Installation and Setup

Installing Optional Equipment

Each item of optional equipment is shipped with instructions for installing and
operating the equipment. Refer to Section 9, Parts, for equipment part
numbers.

Connecting an Applicator Driver, Pattern Controller, or Timer

If applicable, complete the melter installation by connecting the applicators to
the desired applicator driver, pattern control, or timer. Refer to the product
manual provided with the device for information about installing and
operating the equipment.

Flushing the Melter

Before using the melter for production, it should be flushed to remove any
residue left over from factory‐testing. Flushing the melter is accomplished by
processing a minimum of one tank volume of hot melt through the melter,
hoses, and applicators.

Disposing of Melter
When your Nordson product has reached the end of its useful life, dispose of
it in accordance with local regulations.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 4-1

Section 4

Touchscreen

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

The touch screen display replaces the membrane control panel used on
previous Nordson melters. With a touch of your finger on the display screen,
you can navigate the graphical user interface to set up, operate and maintain
this melter.

The melter is shipped from the factory with most software settings
pre­configured and ready to use. However, there are some settings that you
must configure and fine­tune to best fit your manufacturing process.

Starting the Melter

The Start-up screen displays.

Figure 4‐1 The Start-up screen

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

4-2 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Navigating the Touch Screen Displays

The AltaBlue Touch Series Melter consists of the following primary displays:

S Operator Display
S Master Control Display

About the Operator Display

The Operator Display is the default display.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Master
Controls
175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C

Zone 2A Zone 2B Zone 3A Zone 3B

Fault Reset
175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C
Zones
175/175 °C

Zone 4A Zone 4B Zone 5A Zone 5B

Navigation
175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C

Zone 6A Zone 6B Zone 7A Zone 7B

175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C

Pump 1 Pump 2 Pump 3 Pump 4

Pumps
5 / 30 RPM 5 / 0 RPM 5 / 0 RPM 5 / 0 RPM

Recipes
System Status: Alert &
Ready/OK Fault

Figure 4‐2 The Operator Display

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 4-3

The Operator Display is divided into four sections:

Section Description
Zones S Enable\disable
S Create or modify zone name
S Define individual set point temperatures
S Modify default channel associations
S View state and status for each zone
Pumps S Enable\disable
S Create or modify pump name
S Define pump operation mode
S View state and status for each pump
Monitor S View melter status
S View state of the master heater and pump controls
S View and manage recipes
Navigation S Access the Master Control Display and reset faults

Monitoring the Status of the Melter

You can view the status of the melter from the following:

S The Operator Display, see Figure 4‐3

Pump 1 Pump 2 Pump 3 Pump 4

30 / 30 RPM 5 / 0 RPM 5 / 0 RPM 5 / 0 RPM

System Status: Alert &

Recipes
Ready/OK Fault

Middle Melter
Status Indicator

Figure 4‐3 The Operator Display

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

4-4 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

What the Melter Statuses Indicate

The following table details the melter and zone\pump status messages.

Button Color Heaters Pumps Description

Light On On All available and enabled zones and
System Status:
green pumps are at their set points and/or
Ready/OK have a status of Ready\OK.

System Status:
Light On On Same as Ready\OK, but the reservoir
Green is almost empty and required refilling.
Ready/Low Level

System Status:
Light On On Same as Ready\OK, but a component
Green requires regular scheduled servicing.
Ready/Service

Gray Off Off The master Heater control is Off.

Master Heaters:
OFF

Gray Off Off The master Heater control is On, but all
Zone Heaters:
the heater zones are off.
OFF

Yellow On On The system has detected a zone or

Zone Heaters:
pump alert condition. The melter
Alert
continues to operate normally, but
some functions may not be available.
Melter requires servicing.
NOTE: You have 2 minutes from the
time the system detects an RTD and\or
an over\under temperature alert before
it is upgraded to a Fault condition.
Zone Heaters: Red Off Off A system fault condition has been
Fault
detected. The melter has stopped
working.
Zone Fault: Yellow On On The system has detected a pump alert
Zone
Pump 1A
Status: condition. The melter continues to
Alert operate normally, but some functions
may not be available. Melter requires
servicing.
NOTE: You have 2 minutes from the
time the system detects a pump block
before it is upgraded to a Fault
condition.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 4-5

Button Color Heaters Pumps Description

Red Off Off The pump has detected a thermostat
Pump Status
open fault or block fault condition. The
Fault
melter has stopped working.

System Status:
Red Off Off A system fault condition has been
detected. The melter has stopped
Fault
working.

System Status: Red Off Off The system has detected the
System Fault: emergency stop switch is pressed. The
Standby Mode
Emergency Stop melter has stopped working.

System Status: Orange On Off The system is in the process of heating

System Status: all available and enabled zones to their
Standby Mode
Heating set point temperatures.

System Status: Light On Off Although all available and enabled

System Status: Blue zones are a their set point
Standby Mode
Ready Delay temperatures, the Ready/OK is
delayed until the user-defined time has
elapsed.

System Status: Blue On Off The system has been manually or

Standby ModeStandby automatically placed into Standby
mode.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

4-6 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

About the Master Controls Display

Use the Master Controls Display to switch on/off primary melter controls,
including the heater and pump, as well as to manually place the melter into
standby mode. You can also access advanced melter settings.

Master
From the Operator Display, touch Controls .

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Master
Controls
175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C
1
Zone 2A

Master Controls
175/175 °C
Done
Zone 4A

175/175 °C

Heaters: On Pumps: On
Zone 6A

175/175 °C
Control Type
Pump 1 Manual
Standby: Off
5 /30 RPM

Recipes

Settings System

Figure 4‐4 The Master Controls Display

What you can do from Master Controls | Settings

Settings Description
Temperature S Global Set Point
S Temperature Limits
S Ready Delay
S Standby
Pumps S Auto Pump
Inputs/Outputs S Enable/Disable inputs/outputs and monitor
I/O status

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-1

Section 5

Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

The melter is shipped from the factory with most temperature, pump and
melter (system) settings pre­configured and ready to use. However, there are
some settings that you must configure and fine­tune to best fit your
manufacturing process.

The following are basic melter configuration topics discussed in this section.

Topic Tasks
Operating the S Switching the melter On
Melter
S Filling the reservoir
Configuring S Enabling and disabling zones
Zones
S Creating or modifying zone names
S Defining individual set point temperatures
S Modifying default channel associations
Configuring S Enabling and disabling pumps
Pumps
S Creating or modifying pump names
S Defining pump mode operation

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-2 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Operating the Melter

When the melter and its hardware are installed you are ready to start the
melter start configuring the various software settings.

Starting the Melter

Turn the main power switch to the On position.

The Operator Display appears.

The System Status indicates Green or Ready/OK.

S When all enabled zones reach their set point temperatures.

S The Ready Delay option is disabled or when the user­defined Ready
Delay time has elapsed.

Figure 5-1 Starting the Melter

Filling the Reservoir

1. Use a scoop to pour hot melt material into the hopper, leaving a minimum
of 2.54 cm (1 in.) of space between the top of the material and the top of
the hopper.
2. After filling, close the lid.

CAUTION! Before filling the reservoir, make sure both the hopper and the
hot melt material are clean and free of foreign substances.

Figure 5-2 Filling the reservoir

CAUTION! Do not operate the melter on an empty or near empty reservoir. If

there is too little hot melt in the reservoir, it can overheat and char, potentially
causing a fault or alert condition.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-3

Controlling the Heaters and Standby

Use the Master Controls to switch On/Off the following:

S Heaters
S Standby (manual)
S Control type
NOTE: Refer to Controlling Pumps for more information.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Master
Controls
175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C

Zone 2A

Master Controls
175/175 °C
Done
Zone 4A

175/175 °C

Heaters: On Pumps: On
Zone 6A

175/175 °C
Control Type
Pump 1 Manual
Standby: Off
5 /30 RPM

Recipes

Settings System

Figure 5‐3 The Master Controls Display

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-4 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Controlling the Heaters and Standby (contd)

Master
1. From the Operator Display touch Controls .

2. Touch the color coded button to switch On or Off the following:

Master Control Description
Heater Control Manually switch the heaters On/Off. By default, the
master heater control is On.
NOTE: The master heater control automatically
switches Off, along with the pumps when the melter is
in a Fault condition.
Standby Control Manually switch the melter in or out of standby mode.

Control Type Switch the control type: Manual, I/O, or Ethernet.

3. Touch the color coded button to enable or disable the zone. Touch Done.

What the Button Colors Indicate

The following table details what the Heater, Standby, and Scheduler master
control buttons indicate.

Button Color Description

Green On

White Off

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-5

Controlling the Pumps

Use the Master Pump Control to switch all pumps On/Off.

NOTES:
S The master pump and heater controls automatically switches Off, when
the melter is in a Fault condition.
S You must wait until the melter status indicates Ready\OK before you can
manually or remotely switch the Pump Control to On.
S You can enable the Auto Pump option, which automatically switches the
pump Control to On before the melter status indicates Ready\OK.
Refer to Defining Pump Remote Control for more information.
S The Pump Control button uses different colors to indicate Remote Control
and if the Auto Pump option is enabled. Refer to the table below for more
information.
Refer to Enabling and Disabling Auto Pump for more information.

Master
1. From the Operator Display touch Controls . Refer to Figure 5‐3.

2. Touch the color coded button to continue.

Button Color Description
Green On

White Off

Orange Auto Pump enabled

Blue Remote (master) Pump

Control setup and
enabled

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-6 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Understanding Zones
There are two types of zones.

Type Default Name Notes

Internal S Hopper S Internal zones include only the hopper and reservoir.
Zones
S Reservoir S Although the Hopper and Reservoir are displayed as two
separate zones, when modifying either set point, the system
allows you to modify both set points together.
External Zone (# + letter) S External zones include hoses, applicators and optional air
Zones for example heaters.
Zone 1A
S Default name consists of the word Zone, and its corresponding
channel number. Typically, these are pairs, where the letter A
represents a hose and the letter B represents the applicator. You
can change these default channel associations.
S At least one external zone is required for normal operation.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Master
Controls
Internal 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C
Zones
Zone 2A Zone 2B Zone 3A Zone 3B
Fault
175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C Reset

External
Zones Zone 4A Zone 4B Zone 5A Zone 5B

175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C

Zone 6A Zone 6B Zone 7A Zone 7B

175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C

Pump 1 Pump 2 Pump 3 Pump 4

5 / 30 RPM 5 / 0 RPM 5 / 0 RPM 5 / 0 RPM

System Status Alert

Recipes Ready/OK & Fault

Figure 5‐4 About Internal and External Zones

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-7

About Zone States and Statuses

Figure 5‐5 details what an enabled zone displays. Refer to Tables 5-1 and
5-2 for a detailed list and explanation of each zone state and status.

Name of zone

Zone 1A
Set point
temperature
175/175 °C

Real-time temperature indicator

Figure 5‐5 Zone button details

Table 5-1 Zone State and Status Color Reference

Zone States
Button Color State Notes
Zone 1A White Disabled The zone is available, but disabled.

Disabled

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-8 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

About Zone States and Statuses (contd)

Table 5-2 Zone State and Status Color Reference

Zone Status
Button Color Status Notes
Light green Ready/OK The zone is enabled and has reached its set point
Zone 1A
temperature.

175/175 °C

Zone 1A Grey green Waiting for The zone is enabled and is in the process of heating to its
Ready set point temperature.
S The zone is enabled and is in the process of heating to
175/30 °C its set point temperature.
S The system is in either Standby or Ready Delay mode.
S A zone or pump is in an alert or fault condition.
S The system itself is in an alert or fault condition.

Zone 1A Yellow Alert The zone is enabled, but the system has detected an alert
condition. Touch the zone with the alert to view system
message.
RTD Open
NOTE: In an alert condition, both the master Heater
and Pump controls remain On.

You have two minutes from the time the system

detects an RTD or an over/under temperature
condition before the alert condition is upgraded to a
fault condition.
Red Fault The zone is enabled, but the system has detected a fault
Zone 1A condition. Touch the zone with the alert to view system
message.
RTD Open NOTE: In a fault condition, both the master Heater
and Pump controls are switched Off.

NOTES:
S You can modify zones at any time.
S Changes to set point temperatures and PID Type take effect when the
zone is enabled and when the melter itself is in a Ready/OK state.
S Changes to the zone name and enabling/disabling take effect when you
touch Done.
S The default name is displayed unless you modify it.
S The state of a zone is independent of the overall status of the melter.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-9

Configuring Zones
Configuring zones include the following tasks:

S Enabling and disable external zones

S Defining individual set point temperatures
S Creating or modifying external zone names
S Modifying default channel PID types
NOTE: Refer to the appropriate section for more information.

Enabling and Disabling Zones

NOTE: Enabling or disabling a zone takes effect when you touch Done.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Master
Controls
175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C

Zone 2A Zone 1A
Done
175/175 °C Zone 1A

Zone 4A Enable

175/175 °C Adjust Temperature Change PID Type

Zone 6A 175/175 °C Hose

175/175 °C Modify Name

Pump 1 STD Applicator

Change Control Mode

5 / 30 RPM
Manual Large Appllicator
Recipes

Ethernet Air Heater

Name of zone

Zone 1A
Color coded
Enable\Disable Enable
button
Current zone state

Figure 5‐6 Enabling and disabling zones

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-10 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Enabling and Disabling Zones (contd)

1. Access the Operator Display and touch a zone that you want to enable
or disable.
2. Touch the color coded button to enable or disable the zone. Touch Done.
Button Color Description
Green On

White Off

Modifying Zone Set Point Temperatures

Zone 1A
Done
Zone 1A
Enable

Adjust Temperature Zone 1A Temperature Set Point

175 °C

Modify Name

Change Control Mode

Change Control Mode

Manual 175 °C

Ethernet

Figure 5‐7 Modifying zone set point temperatures

1. Access the Operator Display and touch a zone that you want to modify
its set point temperature.
2. Touch Adjust Set Point and enter the temperature you want for this
zone.

3. Touch .

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-11

NOTES:
S To minimize charring the adhesive material, you can define the hopper
set point temperature up to 15_C (30_F) cooler than the reservoir set
point temperature.
S The Hopper set point temperature cannot exceed that of the reservoir.
S Although the Hopper and Reservoir display as two separate zones, when
modifying either set point, the system allows you to modify both set points
together.

Modifying Zone Names

Zone 1A
Done
Zone 1A

Enable

Adjust Temperature Zone 1A

Done

175 °C
Modify Name
Home

Change Control Mode

Manual

Ethernet

Figure 5‐8 Modifying zone names

1. Access the Operator Display and touch an external zone that you want
to modify its name. Refer to Accessing the Zone Configuration Screen for
more information.
2. Touch Create/Modify Name and enter the name you want for this zone.
The name can be up to 10 characters long. Spaces, dashes, underscore
and numbers count as a single character.
3. Touch Done to continue.

NOTE: Internal zone names cannot be modified.

NOTE: Upper‐case only.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-12 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Modifying External Zone PID Types

By default, the system assigns PID types as follows:

S Zones ending with a letter A are associated with a Hose.

S Zones ending with a letter B are associated with a Standard
Applicator.
NOTE: PID types optimize the performance of the device.

Zone 1A
Done
Zone 1A

Enable

Adjust Temperature Change PID Type

Hose
175 °C

Modify Name

STD Applicator

Change Control Mode

Manual Large Applicator

Ethernet Air Heater

Figure 5‐9 Modifying external zone PID types

1. Access the Operator Display and touch the external zone that you want
to change its PID types.
2. Touch Change PID Type and select the appropriate button for the
selected zone.
3. Touch Done.

NOTE: You cannot modify internal zone PIDs.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-13

Modifying Heating Zone Control Mode

By default, the system assigns PID types as manual.

Zone 1A
Done
Zone 1A

Enable

Adjust Temperature Change PID Type

Hose
175 °C

Modify Name

STD Applicator

Change Control Mode

Manual Large Applicator

Ethernet Air Heater

Figure 5‐10 Modifying heating zone control mode

1. Access the Operator Display and touch the external zone that you want
to change the Control Mode.
2. Touch Change Control Mode and select the appropriate button for the
selected zone.
3. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-14 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Understanding Pumps
The number of pumps depends on the the number of pumps mounted on the
melter and the configuration selected in the melter system setting.

Master
Controls

Fault
Reset

Pump 1 Pump 2 Pump 3 Pump 4

Pumps
30 / 30 RPM 5 / 0 RPM 5 / 0 RPM 5 / 0 RPM

System Status: Alert &

Recipes
Ready/OK Fault

Figure 5‐11 About Pumps

About Pump States and Statuses

Figure 5‐12 details what an enabled pump displays. Refer to Tables 5-3 and
5-4 for a detailed list and explanation of each pump state and status.

Name of pump

Pump 1
Set Point

30 / 30 RPM

Real-time pump speed

Figure 5‐12 Pump button details

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-15

Table 5-3 Pump State Color Reference

Pump States
Button Color State Notes
White Disabled The pump is available, but disabled.
Pump 1

Disable

Table 5-4 Pump Status Color Reference

Pump Statuses
Button Color Status Notes
Pump 1 Light green Ready/OK The pump is enabled and has reached its set point speed.

30 / 30 RPM

Pump 1 Yellow Alert The pump is enabled, but the system has detected an
alert condition. Touch the pump with the alert to view
system message.
30 / 0 RPM
NOTE: In an alert condition, both the master Heater
and Pump controls remain On.
Pump 1 Red Fault The Pump is enabled, but the system has detected a fault
condition. Touch the pump with the alert to view system
message.
Disable
NOTE: In a fault condition, both the master Heater
and Pump controls are switched Off.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-16 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Requirements for Running a Pump

The following lists the system requirements before running a pump:

S The melter status must indicate Ready/OK.

S The pump must be enabled.
S The Master Heater Control switch must indicate On.
S The Master Pump Control switch must indicate On.
NOTE: Refer to Advanced Pump Settings for more information.

Basic Pump Operation Modes

There are three default pump operation modes:

Operation Mode Description

Manual Delivers adhesive at a constant speed you manually
(default) enter.
Gear-to-Line Delivers adhesive at a rate proportional to the line
speed through 0-10VDC.
Ethernet Delivers adhesive at a rate proportional to the line
speed through Ethernet.

Configuring Pumps
The number of pumps depends on the number of pumps configured in the
system administration. The default is one motor. The maximum is four
motors.

NOTES:

S The default name is displayed unless you modify it.

S The state of a pump is independent of the overall status of the melter.
S Make sure to save your changes to a recipe. Refer to
Managing Recipes for more information.
Configuring pumps include the following:

S Enable\disable
S Change Control mode
S Change Speed mode
S Adjust speed
S Modify name

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-17

Enabling and Disabling Pumps

NOTE: Enabling or disabling a zone takes effect when you touch Done.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B Master

Controls
175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C 175/175 °C

Zone 2A
Pump 1
Done
175/175 °C
Pump 1
Zone 4A Enable

175/175 °C
Adjust Speed Modify Name
Zone 6A
30 RPM
175/175 °C
Change Control Mode Change Speed Mode
Pump 1
Manual Manual
5 / 30 RPM

Recipes I/O Gear To Line

Ethernet Ethernet

Figure 5‐13 Enabling and disabling pumps

Name of pump

Pump 1
Color coded
Enable\Disable Enable
button

Current pump state

1. Access the Operator Display and touch a pump that you want to enable
or disable.
2. Touch the color coded button to enable or disable the pump.
Button Color Description
Green On

White Off

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-18 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Changing Pump Speed Modes

The default available pump operation mode is Manual.

Pump 1

Done
Pump 1

Enable

Adjust Speed Modify Name

30 RPM

Change Control Mode Change Speed Mode

Manual Manual

I/O Gear To Line

Ethernet Ethernet

Figure 5‐14 Changing pump speed modes

1. Access the Operator Display and touch a pump that you want to modify
its operation mode.
2. Touch Change Speed Mode and select which pump mode you want to
use.
3. Decide which pump speed mode you want to use, and then touch Done.
Speed Mode Description
Manual Pump runs at a constant speed.

Gear-to-Line Pump runs at a variable speed based on line speed

0-10VDC signal.
Note:
S Refer to About Gear-to-Line for more
information.
Ethernet Pump runs at a variable speed based on line speed
signal through Ethernet.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-19

4. Touch Adjust Speed and enter the required information.

S Refer to Figure 5‐14.
S Refer to Figure 5‐15.
5. Touch Done.

About Feedback Control

The function offers pump speed closed-loop control that helps pumps run at
an accurate speed that is the same as the setting.

NOTE: Feedback control is only available for AC motor at Manual mode.

The close-loop control will amend variation within +/- 3 RPM. If the speed
variation is over 5 RPM, a pump shaft block alert will occur indicating that
something is wrong with the speed control. If this error occurs, please check
the motor and driver.

Pump 1
Done
Pump 1

Enable

Adjust Speed Pump1 RPM Set Point

Change Control Mode Feedback Control

Manual Disable

RPM
I/O
30

Ethernet

Figure 5‐15 Configuring and adjusting Manual mode

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-20 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

About Gear-to-Line
Gear-to-Line uses a single set point on a curve for pump control.

Pump1 GTL Setting

STD GTL % Line Speed

Desired Pump RPM:

Min Pump Speed:

(RPM)

Figure 5‐16 Configuring and adjusting Gear-to-Line mode

1. Touch the STD GTL or PB GTL button to switch between Standard Gear
to Line mode or Pressure Build Gear to Line mode.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-21

PB GTL is Pressure Build Gear to Line Pump Speed Control mode. It allows
the pump to run at a high speed to build the glue pressure quickly when the
current line speed starts at 0, which is below the Switching Line speed.
Meanwhile, if the machine line start speed‐up timer (timing form line speed >
0) is below the Duration setting when the current line speed is larger than the
Switching Line speed, or the line start timing exceeds Duration, the pump will
run according to the linear curve.

Pump1 GTL Setting

PB GTL % Line Speed

Desired Pump RPM:

Start Speed (RPM):

Duration:
(s)

Switching Line Spd (V):

Figure 5‐17 Switching gear settings

1. Touch the STD GTL or PB GTL button to switch between Standard Gear
to Line mode or Pressure Build Gear to Line mode.

Please note the following:

S The start speed setting valve is 0-94 for AC motor and 0-66 for servo
motor, and the default is 0.
S The switching line speed setting value is 0.0-9.9 DCV, and the default is
0.0.
S Duration is the pump start speed timing. If the timer exceeds, or if the
pump speed input is larger than the Switching Line speed, the pump
speed will be a linear curve. Default is 0.
NOTE: The pressure build GTL mode cannot be applied with FCB at the
same time.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-22 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

About Ethernet
The melter receives the current line speed of the master machine through
Ethernet, and compares it with the maximum line speed to convert a single
set point on a curve for pump control.

Pump1 Ethernet Setting

% Line Speed Max Line Speed

STD GTL

Desired Pump RPM:

Min Line Speed:

(RPM)

Current Line Speed

Figure 5‐18 Configuring and adjusting Ethernet mode

1. Touch the STD GTL or PB GTL button to switch between Standard Gear
to Line mode or Pressure Build Gear to Line mode.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-23

About Ethernet (contd)

PB GTL is Pressure Build Gear to Line Pump Speed Control mode. It allows
the pump to run at a high speed to build the glue pressure quickly when the
current line speed starts at 0, which is below the Switching Line speed.
Meanwhile, if the machine line start speed‐up timer (timing form line speed >
0) is below the Duration setting when the current line speed is larger than the
Switching Line speed, or the line start timing exceeds Duration, the pump will
run according to the linear curve.

Pump1 Ethernet Setting

% Line Speed Max Line Speed

PB GTL

Desired Pump RPM:

Start Speed (RPM):

Duration:
(s)

Switching Line Spd: Current Line Speed

Figure 5‐19 Switching Ethernet settings

1. Touch the STD GTL or PB GTL button to switch between Standard Gear
to Line mode or Pressure Build Gear to Line mode.

Please note the following:

S The Max Line Speed setting is 0-2000. The default is 0.

S The Line Speed setting cannot be larger than the Max Line Speed
setting.
S Duration is the pump start speed timing. If the timer exceeds, or if the
pump speed input is larger than the Switching Line speed, the pump
speed will be a linear curve. Default is 0.
NOTE: The pressure build GTL mode cannot work with FCB at the same
time.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-24 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Figure 5‐20 indicates the following:

S At 80% maximum line speed, the pump set point RPM speed is 60 RPM.
S At 20% minimum line speed, the pump set point RPM speed is 15 RPM.

70

80%, 60 RPM
60

50
Motor Speed (RPM)

40

30

20
20%, 15 RPM
10

0
0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
% Line Speed

Figure 5‐20 Ethernet, single-point on a curve

Adjusting Pump Speed

You can modify the speed of the pump in Manual, Gear-to-Line, and Ethernet
speed modes.

1. Access the Operator Display and touch the pump that you want to
change its speed.
2. Touch Adjust Speed.
3. Do the following to continue:
S Refer to Figure 5‐15 for Manual mode.
S Refer to Figure 5‐16 for Gear-to-Line "SDT GTL" mode.
S Refer to Figure 5‐17 for Gear-to-Line "PB GTL" mode.
S Refer to Figure 5‐18 for Ethernet "STD GTL" mode.
S Refer to Figure 5‐19 for Ethernet "PB GTL" mode.
4. Touch Done to continue.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-25

Modifying Pump Names

Pump 1
Done
Pump 1
Enable
Adjust Speed Modify Name

30 RPM

Pump 1 Speed Mode

Done

Home

Figure 5‐21 Modifying pump names

1. Access the Operator Display and touch the pump you want to modify its
name.
2. Touch Modify Name and enter the name you want for this pump. The
name can be up to 10 characters long. Spaces, dashes, underscore and
numbers count as a single character.
3. Touch Done.

NOTE: Upper-case only.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

5-26 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-1

Section 6

Advanced Melter Configuration

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

The melter is shipped from the factory with most temperature, pump and
melter (system) settings pre­configured and ready to use. However, there are
some settings that you must configure and fine­tune to best fit your
manufacturing process.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-2 Advanced Melter Configuration

Advanced Melter Configuration (contd)

The following are advanced melter configuration topics discussed in this

section.

Section Tasks
Advanced S Defining a global set point temperature
Temperature
Settings S Defining temperature limits
S Defining ready delay
S Defining standby settings
Advanced Pump S Enabling\Disabling Auto Pump
Settings
Advanced Defining input\output functionality
Input/Output
Settings
System Settings S Defining temperature units
S Defining data and time
S Defining service intervals
S Defining language preferences
S Defining display options
S Defining administration
Administrative S Managing recipes
Options and
Settings S Resetting to System Defaults
S Managing Config
S Viewing PLC & HMI version information
S Viewing heaters On hours
S Defining IP address and port number

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-3

Advanced Temperature Settings

The following sections detail the following:

S Defining a global set point temperature

S Defining temperature limits
S Defining ready delay
S Defining standby settings

Accessing Temperature Settings

Master Controls
Done

Settings
Done
Heaters: On

Temperature Home

Standby: Off

Auto Pump

Input
Settings

Output

Figure 6‐1 Accessing temperature settings

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.

Refer to the following sections for more information.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-4 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining a Global Set Point Temperature

Use global set point temperature to configure all zones with a uniform set
point temperature.

Default Minimum Maximum

175°C 40°C 232°C

NOTE: To minimize charring the adhesive material, you can define the
hopper set point temperature up to 15°C cooler than the reservoir set point
temperature.

Temperature
Done

Global Set Point Home

Global Set Point

175 °C

Figure 6‐2 Defining a global set point temperature

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.

3. Touch Global Set Point and enter the global set point temperature you
want for all available zones.

4. Touch .

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-5

Defining Temperature Limits

Use Temperature Limits to define the number of degrees a zone can
increase or decrease from its assigned set point temperature before a
temperature alert\fault occurs.

Setting Default Minimum Maximum

Over 15°C
Temperature 5°C 60°C
Under 25°C
Temperature

NOTE: The system displays an Alert message if either an over or under

temperature event occurs to any zone.

Zone 1A

175/150 °C
NOTE: The zone itself changes to yellow . If you do not
resolve the over\under alert condition within two minutes of it being detected,
the Alert changes to a Fault condition, causing both Heater and Pump
controls to automatically switch Off.

Temperature
Done

Global Set Point Home

Temperature Limits

Temperature Limits

Over Temperature

15 °C

Under Temperature

25 °C

Figure 6‐3 Defining temperature limits

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-6 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining Temperature Limits (contd)

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.

3. Touch Temperature Limits and enter temperature thresholds you want
to enforce.

4. Touch .

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-7

Defining Ready Delay

Use Ready Delay to define the amount of time you want to elapse after all of
zones have reached their set point temperatures before the melter
Ready\OK status appears.

Default Minimum Maximum

0 (Zero) minutes 0 (Zero) minutes 60 minutes

NOTE: The ready delay time only functions when the temperature of the
reservoir, at the time the melter is turned on, is more than 27 °C from its set
point temperature.

NOTE: The ready delay time begins when all components are within
3 °C of their respective set point temperatures.

Ready Delay

60 Min

Ready Delay

Standby
Temperature

Figure 6‐4 Defining Ready Delay

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.

3. Touch Ready Delay and enter the number of minutes you want to delay
the Ready\OK status.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-8 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining Standby Temperatures

Use Standby Temperature to define the number of degrees (from the set
point temperature) of all enabled zones that you want to decrease while in
standby mode.

Default Minimum Maximum

50°C 5°C 60°C

Standby Temperature

°C
50

Ready Delay

Standby Temperature

Figure 6‐5 Defining standby temperatures

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.

3. Touch Standby Temperature and enter the number of degrees you
want to decrease from the set point.

4. Touch .

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-9

Advanced Pump Settings

The following sections detail the following:

S Enabling\Disabling Auto Pump

S Enabling\Disabling Pump Monitor

Enabling and Disabling Auto Pump

Use the Auto Pump option to increase efficiency by allowing you to switch On
the Master Pump Control, before the melter status indicates Ready\OK.
When the melter status indicates Ready\OK, the Master Pump Control
switches On, and any enabled pump will automatically start.

Otherwise, you will have to wait until the melter status indicates Ready\OK
before you can switch On the Master Pump Control.

Default Available Options

Off S On
S Off

Settings Done

Temperature Home

Pump

Pump Setting
Done
Auto Pump
Off
Home
Pump Monitor

Pump 1

Pump 2

Pump 3

Pump 4

Figure 6‐6 Enabling and disabling auto pump

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-10 Advanced Melter Configuration

Enabling and Disabling Auto Pump (contd)

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch Settings, then Pump.

3. Touch the Auto Pump button to enable or disable the Auto Pump option.
4. Touch Done.

AltaBlue PLC performs the actual pump speed reading. If the actual pump speed is above +/-5RPM variation
against the set point, a pump shaft block alert occurs. If the alert continues for more than two minutes, it
becomes a fault.

Pump Setting
Done

Auto Pump
Off
Home
Pump Monitor

Pump 1

Pump 2

Pump 3

Pump 4

Figure 6‐7 Pump monitor

The pump monitor switch can enable or disable the alert function. The alert will never occur if it is disabled.
The factory default setting is Enabled.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-11

Defining Pump Remote Control By I/O

Use pump remote control by I/O to manipulate the pump from a location other
than from the melter itself.

NOTE: The default is Disabled for all pumps.

Configuring a pump for remote control is a three-step process:

Step 1: Run a wire from the pump to the an input connection.

Refer to Setting Up Inputs/Outputs for instructions.

Step 2: Select the melter control type as I/O in Master Control.

Step 3: Enable which pump you want to control from a remote location by
I/O. Refer to the steps below.

NOTE: The input status shows the remote signal is On or Off.

Settings
Done

Temperature Home
175 °C

Auto Pump
Off

Input
Input
Input Done
Enable Status

Master Heater Enable

Home

Master Pump Enable

Standby

Pump 1

Pump 2

Pump 3

Pump 4

Figure 6‐8 Defining pump remote control

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch Settings button, then Input.

3. Touch to select which pump you want to remotely enable\disable by I/O.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-12 Advanced Melter Configuration

Advanced Input/Output Settings

NOTE: Refer to the Hardware Installation and Setup section for wiring
instructions.

Input
Input Done
Enable Status

Master Heater Enable

Home

Master Pump Enable

Standby Output
Output Done
Enable Status
Pump 1
System Ready
Home
Pump 2
System Alarm
Pump 3
System Fault
Pump 4
Low Level

Ready & Run

Service Alarm

Figure 6‐9 Advanced input/output settings

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch Settings, then Inputs/Outputs.

3. Touch the lnput or Output button that you want to modify. Refer to the
Default Input Settings and Default Output Settings for more information.
4. Touch Done.

NOTE: The input will be active only when the type is selected as I/O in the
Master control.

Default Input Settings

By default, all inputs are disabled. When the control is selected as I/O, all of
the inputs are enabled. You can touch to enable or disable in I/O mode.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-13

Default Output Settings

By default, all three outputs are enabled in all three control types (Manual,
I/O, Ethernet). You can touch to enable or disable the outputs.

NOTE: The output status shows the system real-time status. Only when the
system matches the status, and is enabled, the hardware wiring has output
signals.

System Settings
The following sections detail the following:

S Defining temperature units

S Defining the data and time
S Defining service intervals
S Defining administration
S Defining display options
S Defining language preferences

Accessing System Settings

Master Controls Done

System Done
Heaters: On

Home
Temperature Unit Administration
Standby: Off

Date/Time Screen Display

Settings Service Interval Language

Figure 6‐10 Accessing system settings

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch the System button.

Refer to the following sections for more information.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-14 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining Temperature Units

Temperature Unit

°C

°C °F

Figure 6‐11 Defining temperature units

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Temperature Units.

3. Touch the selection you want to use for each temperature unit.

4. Touch .

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-15

Defining the Date and Time

The date and time you define here is used by the system for all time and date
related functions, such as the Alert and Fault Records.

Date/Time

Year / Month / Date System Time

16 4 16 16/ 4/16 11:59

11 59

Figure 6‐12 Defining the date and time

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Date/Time.

3. Enter the current date and time.

4. Touch .

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-16 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining Service Intervals

Service interval refers to the number of hours the heaters have been on.

Default Minimum Maximum

500 hours 0 hour 8760 hours

NOTE: Refer to Resetting Service Interval Messages for more information.

Service Interval

500 Hours

Reset 0 Hours

Figure 6‐13 Defining service intervals

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Service Interval.

3. Enter the number of heater ON hours after which you want the system to
display a service reminder message.

4. Touch .

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-17

Resetting Service Interval Messages

When the heaters have been on for more than the defined (default 500)
hours, the system status indicates Ready\Service.

System Status: Alert &

Recipes
Ready/Service Fault

Resetting the Service Interval Value

Service Interval

500 Hours

Reset 0 Hours

Figure 6‐14 Resetting the Service Interval value

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Service Interval.

3. Touch Reset to reset the service interval counter back to 0 (zero) hours.

4. Touch .

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-18 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining Display Settings

The following table details what you can define.

Setting
Wipe Display
Brightness/Contrast

System
Done

Screen Display Home

Temperature Unit Administration

Screen Display

Service Interval Language

Figure 6‐15 Defining display settings

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-19

Screen Wipe
Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Display.

3. Touch to enter Screen Wipe mode.

4. After the wipe completes, touch 1 and 2 in the upper corner of the HMI, or
repower the melter.

Figure 6‐16 HMI screen

5. Touch to enter brightness/contrast setting.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-20 Advanced Melter Configuration

Screen Wipe (contd)

Display

Opening screen time 15 Sec.

Screen save time Min.(0:None)

Battery alarm display OFF

Brightness adjust Standard

Brightness adjustment

POWER LED ON

OK Cancel

Figure 6‐17 Display screen

6. Change or keep any of the settings:

S Opening screen time - Timer delay for HMI booting after melter
powers on. Setting range is 0-60. Default is 15.
S Screen save time - Enter Screen mode after not operating on HMI
to keep from entering Save mode. Setting range is 0-60. Default is 0.
S Battery alarm display - Enable/disable low battery message display
function on HMI. Default is OFF.
S Brightness adjust - Switch the brightness adjust grade to
low/standard. Default is Standard.
S Brightness adjustment - Increase/decrease the HMI brightness
value. Setting range is 1-32. Default is 26.
S Power LED - Enable/disable the LED indicated when HMI is power
ON. Default is ON.
7. Touch OK to change the setting or Cancel to undo the change.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-21

Defining Language Preference

Select the language you want to use.

Default Available Options

English S Chinese
S English
S Japanese

System
Done

Language
Home
Temperature Unit Administration

Date/Time Screen Display

Service Interval Language

Figure 6‐18 Defining language preference

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Language.

3. Touch the flag representing the language you want to use.

4. Touch .

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-22 Advanced Melter Configuration

Administrative Options and Settings

The following sections detail the following:

S Managing Recipes
S Resetting to System Defaults
S Set System Config
S Set Ethernet Communication IP address
S Viewing Heaters On Hours
S Viewing PLC & HMI Version

Accessing Administration Settings and Options

System
Done

Home
Temperature Unit Administration

Administration
Done

Date/Time Screen Display

Factory Reset Recipes Home

Config Service Interval

IP Address Language

Hours Heaters On : 0 Hours

PLC Program Version: 1.00

HMI Program Version: 1.00

Figure 6‐19 Accessing administration settings

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Administration.

Refer to the following sections for more information.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-23

Managing Recipes
Use recipes to save production settings, such as zones and pump settings,
as well as other melter settings, to a file that you can use or modify.

NOTE:
S Refer to table 6‐1 for more information about what is saved to a recipe.
S The melter retains the settings of the previously loaded recipe, even if
you decide not to make use of a recipe.

Accessing the Recipes Screen

You can access the Recipes screen by doing one of the following:

S From the Operator Display, touch Recipes. Refer to Figure 6‐20.

S From Master Controls | System | Administration, touch Recipes. Refer to
Figure 6‐21.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Master
Controls
175/175 °C 175/175 °C Disabled Disabled

Zone 2A Zone 2B
Starting Fault
Disabled Disabled Reset

Pump 1

Disabled

Recipes System Status: Alert &

Recipe 1 Ready/OK Fault

Touch here to access the Recipes screen

Displays the name of the currently
loaded recipe, otherwise displays:
Recipes

Figure 6-20 Accessing recipes from the Operator display

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-24 Advanced Melter Configuration

Accessing the Recipes Screen (contd)

RECIPE 1
Done

Upload
Recipe 1 Recipe OFF
Starting

Hopper 0 Reservoir 0
Recipe 2

Zone 1A 0 Zone 1B 0

Recipe 3
Zone 2A 0 Zone 2B 0

Recipe 4
Zone 3A 0 Zone 3B 0

Recipe 5 Zone 4A 0 Zone 4B 0

Figure 6‐21 Accessing recipes from the Master Controls | Administration screen

Table 6‐1 Recipe Options

Default Available Options
Load a recipe You can load the current melter setting to a
recipe.
Modify a recipe name Touch the name of the recipe and enter an
easily identifiable recipe name.
NOTE: The default name is RECIPE 1-5.
Viewing the setting of Scroll left and right the recipe screen to view
a recipe all of the zone and pump parameter settings
and the enable/disable status.

NOTE:
S The system has five recipes available for loading.
S The default setting for the recipe is 0 (zero).

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-25

Select Recipe
Done

RECIPE1
Recipe ON Recipes

RECIPE2
Recipe OFF

RECIPE3
Recipe OFF

RECIPE4
Recipe OFF

RECIPE5
Recipe OFF

Figure 6‐22 Accessing recipes from the Operator display

Attention

You cannot use the empty recipe!

OK

Figure 6‐23 You Cannot Use the Empty Recipe screen

NOTE: Before you load a recipe, you cannot use the empty recipe because
the default value is 0 (zero).

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-26 Advanced Melter Configuration

Resetting to System Defaults

Use system reset to revert all user-definable software settings back to factory
defaults.

NOTES:

S Recipes are all back to empty.

Administration
Done

Factory Reset Recipes Home

Attention

Are you sure you want to revert back to factory settings?

YES NO

Figure 6‐24 Resetting to system defaults

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Administration.

3. Touch Factory Reset. A pop-up message appears.
4. Touch Yes to revert all user‐definable settings back to factory defaults.
5. Touch Done.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-27

Setting the System Config

This page shows the melter system configuration. It has been set properly
during factory testing.

NOTE: It is NOT recommend to change this configuration.

The wrong configuration will cause the heating zone or pump to work
improperly.

Config
Done

2 4 6 8
Home

Hose/Applicator Qty

1 2 3 4

Pump Qty

AC Servo

Motor Type

Figure 6‐25 Resetting password codes

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Administration.

3. Touch Config.
4. Touch the button to configure the system.
5. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-28 Advanced Melter Configuration

Setting the IP Address

Set the IP address and port number to enable remove control of the melter by
Ethernet.

IP Address

192.168. 1 254

Port No.

1025

Figure 6‐26 Setting the IP address

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Administration.

3. Touch IP Address.

4. Touch .

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-29

Configuring the HMI Setting after Changing the IP

Address
Because the HMI loses communication with the PLC after the PLC IP
address is changed, the HMI setting needs to be reconfigured.

1. Touch the upper‐left corner of the HMI screen and hold for two seconds
to access the HMI Utility main menu.

2. Touch the Ethernet button on the HMI Utility main menu.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-30 Advanced Melter Configuration

Configuring the HMI Setting after Changing the IP

Address (contd)
3. Configure the IP address the same as the new PLC IP address. Apply
and execute the changes to automatically reboot the HMI.

ChNo.
No. Host Net No. Station Model IP Address Port No. Communication
TCP

Exec. Cancel Apply

4. Access the HMI menu again and touch Ethernet if there is a need to
reconfigure the HMI IP address.

IP address
Standard Ethernet Wireless LAN

Standard Ethernet
IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Per. S/W port No.

Transparent port No.

Behavior of duplicate IPs Maintain a network connection (rec)

OK Cancel

NOTE: The HMI and PLC IP address high digit should be the same, while
the low digit should be different. For example.
S HMI: 192.168.1.26 (Default)
S PLC: 192.168.1.254 (Default)
NOTE: Please change the PLC/HMI IP address as needed, but do not
change any other settings to keep the factory settings.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-31

Viewing Software Version and Heater On Hours

Access the Administration screen to view:

S Hours heaters are on

S PLC program version
S HMI program version

Administration
Done

Factory Reset Recipes Home

Config IP Address

Hours Heaters On : 60 Hours

PLC Program Version: 1.00

HMI Program Version: 1.00

Figure 6‐27 Viewing software version and heater On hours

Master
1. Access the Operator Display and touch Controls .

2. Touch System, then Administration.

3. Look at the PLC Program Version or Hours Heater On.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-32 Advanced Melter Configuration

Default User Settings and Ranges

The following table details default settings and ranges for user definable
melter, temperature, pump, and melter settings.

Temperature Settings

Setting Default Range/Option

External Zones Set Point 175_C Minimum: 40_C
Maximum: 232_C
Internal Zones Set Point 175_C Minimum: 40_C
Maximum: 232_C
Global Set Point 175_C Minimum: 40_C
Maximum: 232_C
Over Temp: 15_C Minimum: 5_C
Temperature Limits Maximum: 60_C
Under Temp: 25_C Minimum: 5_C
Maximum: 60_C
Ready Delay 0 minutes Minimum: 0 minutes
Maximum: 60 minutes
Standby Temp 50_C Minimum: 5_C
Maximum: 60_C

Pump Settings

Setting Default Range/Option

Control Mode Manual Manual
I/O
Ethernet
Speed Mode Manual Manual
Gear-to-Line
Ethernet
AC Motor RPM 5 Minimum: 0 RPM
Maximum: 94 RPM
Servo Motor RPM 5 Minimum: 0 RPM
Maximum: 66 RPM
Auto Pump Off Off
On

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-33

Melter Settings

Setting Default Range/Option

Service Interval 500 hours Minimum: 0 hour
Maximum: 8760 hours
Control Mode Manual Manual
I/O
Ethernet
Inputs/Outputs
Inputs Disable Enable
Disable
Outputs Enable Enable
Disable

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

6-34 Advanced Melter Configuration

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-1

Section 7

Service

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

Maintenance is an important preventive measure for maintaining operating

safety and extending the lifetime of the unit. It should not be neglected under
any circumstances.

Relieving System Pressure

WARNING! System and material pressurized. Relieve system of pressure

before disconnecting hoses, applicators and hot melt hand‐held applicators.
Failure to observe can result in serious burns.

Through the Applicators

1. Disable the motor(s).
2. Place a container under the nozzle(s) of the applicator/assembly
hand‐held applicator.
3. Activate the solenoid valve(s) electrically or manually; or, pull the trigger
of the assembly hand‐held applicator. Repeat this procedure until no
more material flows out.
4. Re‐use the material or properly dispose of it according to local
regulations.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-2 Service

Through the Melter Drain Valves

1. Disable the motor(s).
2. Place a container under the drain valve ports located on the bottom of the
manifold.
3. Open all the drain valves. Adhesive will drain from the valves.
4. When adhesive stops draining, close the drain valves.
5. Re‐use the material or properly dispose of it according to local
regulations.

Figure 7-1 Location of the melter drain valves

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-3

Preventive Maintenance Schedule

The maintenance intervals are general guidelines based on experience.
Depending on the operating environment, production conditions and melter
hours of operation, other scheduled maintenance tasks may prove
necessary.

Melter part Activity Interval Refer To

Complete melter External cleaning Daily External Cleaning
Inspect for external Daily
damage
Purge with cleaning agent When material is changed Changing the
Material Type
Fan and air filter Check filter, clean or Depending on dust accumulation; Fan and Air Filter
replace if necessary daily if necessary
Clean fan screen
Power cable Inspect for damage Every time the melter is serviced
Air hoses Inspect for damage Every time the melter is serviced
Pump Tighten the gland bolt After initial startup Pump
(if present)
Check for leakage, tighten Dependent on hours of operation,
gland bolt (if present) if pump speed and pump temperature
necessary Recommendation: Monthly
Tighten fixing screws Every 500 hours of operation
Motor / gear box / coupling Clean fan cover Depending on dust accumulation; Motor and Gear
daily if necessary Box
Change lubricant Every 15000 hours of operation or
every 2 to 3 years
Pressure control valve Disassemble and clean Every six months Pressure Control
Valve
Filter cartridge Replace filter cartridge Depending on degree of material Filter Cartridge
Disassemble and clean pollution
filter cartridge Recommendation: Every 1000
hours of operation
Tank Clean tank by hand When there is material residue in Cleaning the Tank
tank
Tighten fixing screws Every 500 hours of operation

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-4 Service

Locking Out the Motor Drives

To perform some troubleshooting and repair activities, the main power to the
melter needs to be on and/or the melter needs to be at application
temperature. To prevent injury, the optional motion switch can be used to
lock out the motor drives while leaving the main power on.

To lock out the motor drives but leave the main power on, place the motion
switch in the OFF position. The main power to the melter will remain on and
the melter will stay at application temperature.

Figure 7-2 Location of the

optional motion
switch

External Cleaning
CAUTION! Do not damage or remove safety labels. Damaged or removed
safety labels must be replaced by new ones.

S Remove material residue only with a cleaning agent recommended by

the material supplier. Heat with an air heater if necessary.
S Remove dust, flakes, etc. with a vacuum cleaner or a soft cloth.
S Nordson recommends the orange cleaning agent, P/N 771192
(12 spray bottles, 0.5 l each).

Changing the Material Type

1. Run the melter until empty.
2. Determine whether the new material may be mixed with the old material.
S May be mixed: Remaining old material can be flushed out using the
new material.
S May not be mixed: Thoroughly purge the unit with a cleaning agent
recommended by the material supplier.
NOTE: Properly dispose of the old material according to local regulations.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-5

Detaching the Exterior Panels

Open the protective panels with a 4 mm Allen key.

On the inside

Figure 7-3 Detaching the exterior panels

Fan and Air Filter

The air filters must be cleaned (knocked out) or replaced, depending on dust
accumulation.

Refer to Section 9, Parts, for the filter part number.

Motor and Gear Box

Changing the Motor Lubricant

Remove the gear motor assembly from the melter.

S Use only the stated lubricant or one that has proven to be equivalent
(refer to Lubricant Selection). Using any other lubricant can result in
premature wear and/or damage to the gear box.
S Drain lubricant when warm.
S Properly dispose of the old lubricant according to local regulations.

CAUTION! Never mix different types of lubricants.

Lubricant Changing Interval

Operating temperature: < 100 _C / 212 _F.
Every 15000 hours of operation or at least every 4 years.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-6 Service

Lubricant Capacity
Ensure that the upper gears and rolling bearings are properly lubricated.

Lubricant Selection

Lubricant manufacturer Mineral oil CLP 220

AGIP Blasia 220
ARAL Degol BMB 220 or Degol BG 220
BP Energol GR-XP 220
DEA Falcon CLP 220
ESSO Spartan EP 220 or GP 90
KLÜBER Klüberoil GEM 1-220
OPTIMOL Optigear 220
SHELL Omala Oil 220
TEXACO Geartex EP-A SAE 85 W-90

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-7

Replacing a Motor, Coupling, or RPM

Follow this procedure to replace a motor or coupling or RPM. You will need
the following items:

S Appropriate tools
S Replacement motor or coupling or RPM
S Anti‐seize lubricant (if needed)

1. Disconnect and lock out electrical power to the melter.

2. Remove the hydraulic side covers and the left‐and‐right control cabinet
side covers. Refer to Detaching the Exterior Panels earlier in this section
as needed.
3. Disconnect the motor cable wires, noting their terminal positions.
4. See Figure 7‐4. Loosen the top two screws that secure the motor to the
bracket then take down the sensor with the bracket item 5 and 6. Replace
the proximity sensor if needed.

Figure 7-4 Coupling assembly and RPM assembly components

1 Motor coupling hub 4 Encoder disk
2 Coupling sleeve 5 Proximity bracket
3 Pump coupling hub 6 Proximity sensor

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-8 Service

Replacing a Motor, Coupling, or RPM (contd)

5. Loosen the screws that secure the motor to the base of the melter and
then slide the motor back.
6. Slide the coupling sleeve (2) off of the coupling hubs (1 and 3), loosen
the hub set screws, and remove the hubs,loosen the encode disk set
screw and replace it (4) if needed.
7. Remove the protective coating from the new motor shaft, slide the
replacement (if applicable) motor coupling hub onto the motor shaft, and
tighten the hub set screws.
8. Install the replacement (if applicable) pump coupling hub on the pump
shaft, ensure that it is flush with the pump shaft, adjust the motor shaft to
align and tighten the hub set screws.
9. Loosely install the replacement motor assembly and slide the assembly,
including the motor coupling hub and sleeve, toward the pump until the
coupling sleeve engages with pump coupling hub.
10. Ensure that the coupling sleeve cannot move, and then slide the motor
assembly back 4 mm (0.16 in.),as indicated in Figure 7‐5.

Figure 7-5 Move the motor assembly back 4 mm (0.16 in.) and install the sensor bracket

11. Tighten the screws that secure the motor to the base of the melter.
12. Unfasten the top two screws for motor to install sensor bracket. Make
sure the encoder disk in the middle of the sensor gap. If not, loosen the
set screw for encoder disk and adjust the position of encoder disk.
13. To ensure proper motor and pump shaft alignment, ensure that you can
freely slide the coupling sleeve back and forth by about 4 mm (0.16 in.)
each way.
14. Reconnect the motor cable wires to the same terminals from which they
were disconnected.
15. Reinstall the melter covers and restore the system to normal operation.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-9

Pump

Tightening the Pump Screws

1. Ensure that the melter is turned off and that power has been
disconnected and locked out.
2. Ensure that the melter, tank, manifold, and pump are cold.
3. See Figure 7‐6. Tighten the screws to 25 NSm (222 in.‐lb).

Figure 7-6 Tightening the pump screws

4. Restore the system to normal operation.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-10 Service

Replacing a Pump
Follow this procedure to replace a pump. You will need the following items:
S tool kit, including a torque wrench
S drain pan
S cleaning supplies
S replacement pump
S replacement pump O‐rings
S O‐ring lubricant
S anti‐seize lubricant
NOTE: To rebuild a pump, contact your Nordson representative for
assistance.
1. Ensure the melter is at operating temperature.
2. Relieve system pressure. Refer to Section 1, Safety.
3. See Figure 7‐7. Close the tank isolation valve.

Figure 7-7 Location of the tank isolation valve

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-11

4. Remove the hydraulic side covers. Refer to Detaching the Exterior

Panels earlier in this section as needed.
5. Place a drain pan under the pump.
6. See Figure 7‐8. Loosen the screws that secure the motor to the base of
the melter and then slide the motor back.
7. Slide the coupling sleeve (2) off of the coupling hubs (1 and 3), loosen
the pump coupling hub set screws, and remove the pump coupling hub.

Adjustable

Figure 7-8 Coupling assembly components

1 Motor coupling hub 3 Pump coupling hub
2 Coupling sleeve

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-12 Service

Replacing a Pump (contd)

8. See Figure 7‐9. Remove the pump screws (3) and then remove the pump
(2) and O‐rings (1).

1
3 2

1 2

Figure 7-9 Replacing a pump (single-stream and dual-stream pumps shown)

1 O‐rings 2 Pump 3 Pump screw

9. Clean the surface of the manifold where the pump mates to it.
10. Allow the melter to cool to room temperature.
11. Install the pump coupling hub on the pump shaft, ensure that it is flush
with the pump shaft, adjust the motor shaft to align and tighten the hub
set screws.
12. Apply O‐ring lubricant to new pump O‐rings and install them on the pump.
13. Apply anti‐seize lubricant to the pump screws and secure the new pump
to the manifold with the screws. Use a torque wrench to tighten the
screws in a crisscross manner to 25NSm(222 in.‐lb).

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-13

14. Slide motor assembly, including the motor coupling hub and sleeve,
toward the pump until the coupling sleeve engages with pump coupling
hub.
15. Ensure that the coupling sleeve cannot move, then slide the motor
assembly back 4 mm (0.16 in.), as indicated in Figure 7‐10.

Figure 7-10 Moving the motor assembly back 4 mm (0.16 in.)

16. Tighten the screws that secure the motor to the base of the melter.
17. To ensure proper motor and pump shaft alignment, verify that you can
freely slide the coupling sleeve back and forth by about 4 mm (0.16 in.)
each way.
18. Restore the system to normal operation.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-14 Service

Filter Cartridge

Replacing the Filter Cartridge

1. Ensure the melter is at operating temperature.
2. Relieve system pressure. Refer to Section 1, Safety.

M10

SW 24

Figure 7-11 Replacing the filter cartridge

3. Apply high temperature grease to all threads and O‐rings.

4. Insert the filter cartridge and tighten it to approximately 15 NSm
(133in.‐lb).
5. Feed material by allowing the pump to run until the material comes out of
the hose connection or the applicator is free of bubbles.
6. Properly dispose of material according to local regulations.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-15

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-16 Service

Filter Service Kit (Until Week 17/2012)

Each kit contains three O‐rings, filter sheath, filter screen and
high‐temperature grease.

Service Kit, for P/N refer to Section 9, Parts.

Required tools:
Open-jawed wrench, size 24 and size 13.
1. Disassemble the hot filter cartridge (material must be fluid).

Size 24
2
2. Replace filter sheath (1), O-rings (2 and filter screen (3).
2

1
3. Clean all other parts.

4. Apply grease to all threads and O-rings.

Size 13
2

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-17

Filter Service Kit (After Week 17/2012)

Each kit contains four O‐rings, filter sheath, filter screen and
high‐temperature grease.

Service Kit, for P/N refer to Section 9, Parts.

Required tools:
Open-jawed wrench, size 22, 24, and 46.
1. Disassemble the hot filter cartridge (material must be fluid).
SIZE 22
SIZE 46
9
78

2. Replace filter sheath (5), O-rings (2, 3, 8) and filter screen (6).
63

3. Clean all other parts.

5
3

Apply grease to all threads and O-rings.

2

4.
SIZE 24
4
1

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-18 Service

Pressure Control Valve

Replacing the Pressure Control Valve

Figure 7-12 Pressure control valve set screw insertion depth

NOTE: Screw in only when valve and pump are warm and material is soft.
1. Ensure the melter is at operating temperature.
2. Relieve system pressure. Refer to Section 1, Safety.
3. Measure and make a note of the insertion depth of the set screw
(dimension X). This way the insertion depth can be replicated after
reassembly.
4. To prevent adhesive from leaking into the valve bore, drain the tank.
Refer to Draining Material from the Tank later in this section as needed.
5. Remove the old pressure control valve.
6. Apply high temperature grease to all threads and O‐rings.
7. Slide the valve into the hole and tighten with torque wrench
(15 NSm / 133 in.‐lb).
8. Adjust the setting screw to the recorded dimension X.
S Turning to the right increases material pressure.
− +
S Turning to the left decreases material pressure.

Figure 7-13 Adjusting the set

screw

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-19

Pressure/Circulation Control Valve Service Kit

Each kit contains two O‐rings and high‐temperature grease.

Service kit P/N: 394600

Required tools:
Open-jawed wrench, size 24
Pliers
Torque wrench
1. Heat melter to operating temperature.

WARNING: Hot! Risk of burns. Wear appropriate protective

clothing/equipment.

2. Relieve melter pressure.

3. Measure insertion depth. Refer to Pressure Control Valve.
4. Use an open-jawed wrench to screw out the pressure control valve, then extract with
pliers.
5. Remove old O-rings and disassemble and clean pressure control valve. Refer to
Section 9, Parts, for a detailed drawing.
NOTE: Disassemble valve only when warm.
6. Install new O-rings. Apply grease to all threads and O-rings.
7. Guide pressure control valve into the hole when the melter is warm and tighten with a
torque wrench.
Starting torque: 15 NSm (133 in.-lb)
8. Adjust set screw. Refer to Pressure Control Valve.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-20 Service

Fuse
This is what a fuse looks like before it is changed. Follow the steps below to
change a fuse.

Figure 7-14 Fuse that needs changing

Replacing the Fuse

1. Pull out the fuse holder.

Figure 7-15 Pulling out the fuse holder

2. Open the fuse holder cover and insert the 5x20 mm fuse.

Figure 7-16 Opening the fuse holder cover

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-21

Cleaning the Tank

Draining Material from the Tank

Pump material out of the melter.

CAUTION! Do not feed charred material though the applicator. Particles can
block the applicator. Instead unscrew the hose.

Cleaning the Tank by Hand

Cold material can usually be peeled off the sides of the tank. If necessary,
first heat tank to material softening temperature, usually approximately
70 ° C / 158 ° F.

NOTE: The inside of the tank is release coated. Do not use metallic tools to
clean. Do not use wire brushes! This could damage the release coating.

Figure 7-17 Cleaning the tank

Tightening the Fixing Screws

Heating and cooling that occurs during daily operation can cause the fixing
screws to loosen. Tighten screws as indicated in the table below.

Figure 7-18 Tightening screws

NOTE: Tighten fixing screws only using a torque wrench and when the
melter is cold.

Connection Thread Torque

Tank/reservoir M6 6−8 NSm / 53−71 in.-lb
Manifold/reservoir (high melt) M8 5−7 NSm / 44−62 in.-lb

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-22 Service

Maintenance Record Form

Melter part Date / Name Date / Name Date / Name

Pump

Motor / gear box

Fixing screws on pump and

tank

Air filter

Tank

Pressure control valve

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-23

Filter cartridge

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

7-24 Service

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-1

Section 8

Troubleshooting

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

WARNING! Troubleshooting activities may sometimes have to be carried out

when the melter is energized. Observe all safety instructions and regulations
concerning energized unit components (active parts). Failure to observe may
result in an electric shock.

Safety
S Never disconnect cables from, or reconnect cables to, the main board
while the melter is energized.
S Before breaking any hydraulic connection, always relieve system
pressure. Refer to Relieving System Pressure in Section 7, Service for
more information.
S Refer to the safety information provided with optional equipment.
S If the melter is removed from its sub‐base for diagnostic checks or
service, ensure that the ground lead between the chassis and the
sub‐base is re‐attached when the melter is reconnected to the sub‐base.
NOTE: Refer to Administrative Options and Settings in Section 6, Advanced
Melter Configuration for more information.

Touch Screen Alerts and Faults

The Nordson AltaBlue Touch Adhesive melter diagnoses many alert and
fault conditions that may occur during operation. An “alert” condition is a
situation in which a potential problem may be occurring with the melter,
pump, applicator or hose. The melter will operate under an “alert” condition
unless the problem goes unresolved, at which point the melter will go into a
“fault” condition, during which the melter will shut down until the problem is
resolved.

Refer to the appropriate table for more information.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

8-2 Troubleshooting

Touch Screen Alerts and Faults (contd)

The Fault/Alert Records page shows the date and time when an alert or fault
occurred. It displays up to 16 records. The maximum number of records is
500 records. The earliest record is automatically deleted whenever the total
number of records exceeds 500.

Fault/Alert Records Done

17/06/20 07:09 Pump 1 Driver Alert

17/06/20 07:09 Pump 1 Service Reminder Custom
Name
17/06/20 07:05 Zone 1A Low Temp Fault
17/06/20 07:03 Zone 2B High Temp Alert
17/06/20 07:03 Zone 2A High Temp Alert Records
17/06/20 07:05 Zone 1B Low Temp Alert Clear
17/06/20 07:05 Zone 1A Low Temp Alert

Figure 8-1 Fault/Alert Records page

1. Scroll up and down to view more records.
2. Touch Records Clear to delete the fault/alert logs that have been
recovered.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-3

3. Touch Custom Name to view defined names and fault/alert records on

the the Name‐Defined page.

Name‐Defined
Done
Zone 1A BIAOMIAN Zone 1B LIANGYI
Zone 2A TIEMIAN Zone 2B HOTAIR
Zone 3A Zone 3B
Zone 4A Zone 4B
Zone 5A Zone 5B
Zone 6A Zone 6B
Zone 7A Zone 7B
Zone 8A Zone 8B

Pump 1 GLUEFLOW Pump 2

Pump 3 Pump 4

Figure 8-2 Name-Defined page

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

8-4 Troubleshooting

Pump and Zone Alerts/Faults

Table 8-1 Pump and Zone Alerts/Faults

Screen Message Affect on Melter Cause Corrective Action(s)
Internal or External
Temperature for Check for conditions that may
The actual temperature of the
[ZoneName] has cause a drop in ambient
Alert condition - An component has dropped below
dropped below temperature or replace the
issue has been the set temperature limit.
defined setpoint component.
threshold detected. The
melter continues to
Internal or External operate normally. The actual temperature of the Check for conditions that may
Temperature for component has risen above the cause an increase in ambient
Fault condition - If set temperature limit. temperature or replace the
[ZoneName] has
the issue is not component.
risen above defined
resolved within 2
setpoint threshold
minutes of the alert
Internal or External message, the The RTD for the component Check the connections, or
master pump and indicated has failed or the replace the RTD.
Short RTD on heaters are switched
[ZoneName] component was disconnected
off. Melter stops from the melter.
Internal or External functioning
Open RTD on
[ZoneName]
The melter may not Refer to Troubleshooting Pumps later in this section for more
Issue with a pump
continue to work. information.

System Faults

Table 8-2 System Faults

Screen Message Affect on Melter Cause Corrective Action(s)
Emergency stop Release the emergency stop
Emergency Stop
Switch pressed down
Motor Thermostat Motor thermostat is open Replace thermostat
Failure Master pump and
heaters are switched
Manifold or off. Melter stops Tank or manifold thermostat is Replace thermostat, J7 harness,
Reservoir functioning open or main board
Thermostat Failure

Zone Heating Over Temperature continues to rise Replace Hose/applicator cordset

Temp Fault beyond set point Replace mainboard

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-5

Motor Drive Faults

The display on the motor drive located inside the electrical enclosure alerts
the operator to abnormal motor drive/motor operation. Motor drive faults
cause the pump to stop. Refer to Table 8‐3 for the motor drive fault codes.

To clear a motor drive fault, correct the problem that caused the fault and
then remove power from the motor drive by turning the heaters off and wait
until the motor drive display is completely blank.

Figure 8-3 Motor drive power LED and display

1. Motor drive power LED (steady=OK, 2. Display
flashing=fault, off=no power)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

8-6 Troubleshooting

Motor Drive Faults (contd)

Table 8-3 Motor Drive Faults

Fault Code LED Display Probable Cause Corrective Action
10.x Undervoltage x may be 1 or 2

Alarms 12.x Memory error 1 (RAM) x may be 1, 2, 4 or 5

13.x Clock error x may be 1 or 2
15.x Memory error 2 x may be 1‐9 or A
(EEP-ROM)
16.x Encoder error 1 (At x may be 1 or 2
power on
17.x Board error x may be 1‐3, 5‐7 or A‐F
19.x Memory error 3 x may be 1 or 2
(Flash-ROM)
1A.1 Motor combination error
1E.1 Encoder fault
1F.1 Encoder incompatible
20.x Encoder communication x may be ‐3, ‐7, 9 or A
error 1
21.x Encoder communication x may be 1‐3, 5, 6 or 9
error 2
24.x Main circuit error x may be 1 or 2
25.1 Absolute position erase
30.x Regenerative error x may be 1‐3
31.1 Overspeed
32.x Overcurrent x may be 1‐4
33.1 Overvoltage
35.1 Command frequency
error
37.x Parameter error x may be 1 or 2
37.x Parameter error x may be 1 or 2
3A.1 Inrush current
restraining error
45.1 Main circuit device
overheat
46.x Servo motor overheat x may be 1, 5 or 6
47.x Cooling fan error x may be 1 or 2
50.x Overload 1 x may be 1‐6
51.x Overload 2 x may be 1 or 2
52.x Error excessive x may be 1 or ‐5
63.x STO error x may be 1 or 2
8A.1 USB communication
time-out error
8E.x USE communication x may be 1‐5
error
88888 Watchdog
91.1 Main circuit device
overheat
92.x Battery cable x may be 1 or 3
Warnings disconnection warning
95.x STO warning x may be 1 or 2
96.x Home position setting x may be 1 or 3
warning
99.x Rotation limit OFF x may be 1 or 2
9F.1 Battery warning

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-7

Fault Code LED Display Probable Cause Corrective Action

E0.1 Excessive regeneration
warning
E1.x Overload warning 1 x may be 1‐8
Warnings E3.x Absolute position
counter warning x may
be 1, 2 or 5
E5.x ABS overtime warning
x may be 1‐3
E6.1 Servo forced stop
warning
E8.1 Cooling fan speed
reduction warning
E9.x Main circuit off warning x may be 1 or 2
EA.1 ABS servo start warning
EC.1 Overload warning 2
ED.1 Output watt excess
warning
F0.x TOUGH DRIVE warning x may be 1 or 3
F2.x Drive record warning x may be 1 or 2
EEF Internal memory fault S Check the environment
EEPROM fault (electromagnetic compatibility).
S Replace the motor drive.
InF Internal fault S Check the environment
Internal fault (electromagnetic compatibility).
S Replace the motor drive.
SCF Short‐circuit or earthing Check the cables between the motor
Motor short‐circuit at the motor drive output drive and the motor; also check the
motor insulation.
OCF S Adhesive too cold S Verify temperature setpoints and
Overcurrent S Pump or drive failure change as needed. The
temperature setpoints should be
S Foreign object in within the range recommended by
pump the material manufacturer.
S Replace the pump or the drive
assembly.
S Replace the pump.
OHF Motor drive temperature S Check the motor load, the motor
Motor drive too high drive ventilation, and the
overheated environment. Wait for the motor
drive to cool down before
restarting.
S Ensure that the unit ambient
temperature does not exceed 50
_C (120 _F), that the electrical
enclosure vents are not blocked,
and that the electrical enclosure
fan is operating properly.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

8-8 Troubleshooting

Motor Drive Faults (contd)

Fault Code Probable Cause Corrective Action

OLF S Material exceeds the S Use a material that falls within the
Motor overload operating viscosity allowable viscosity range. Refer to
range Section 10, Technical Data, for
S Excessive motor viscosity ranges.
current S Check the motor load. Wait for the
S Overpressure motor drive to cool down before
condition caused by restarting.
pressure control S If the operating hydraulic pressure
valve failure exceeds the maximum allowable
pressure, replace the pressure
control valve. Refer to Section 10,
Technical Data for pressure
ranges.
OPF Loss of one or more Check the connections between the
Motor phase loss phases at motor drive motor drive and the motor.
output
OSF S Line voltage too high Check the unit input line voltage.
Refer to Section 10, Technical Data
Overvoltage S Disturbed line for allowable input voltage range.
supply
CFF Motor drive Contact your Nordson representative.
Configuration fault parameter(s) changed
USF S Line supply too low Check the unit input line voltage.
Refer to Section 10, Technical Data
Undervoltage S Transient voltage for allowable input voltage range.
dip

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-9

Clearing Motor Drive Faults

The display on the motor drive located inside the electrical enclosure alerts
the operator to abnormal motor drive/motor operation. Motor drive faults
cause the pump to stop. Refer to Table 8‐5 for the motor drive fault codes.

To clear a motor drive fault, correct the problem that caused the fault and
then remove power from the motor drive by turning the heaters off and wait
until the motor drive display is completely blank.

Figure 8-4 Changing a motor drive parameter

1. Motor drive power LED (steady=OK, 2. Display

flashing=fault, off=no power)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

8-10 Troubleshooting

Clearing Servo Motor Drive Faults

The display on the servo motor drive located inside the electrical enclosure
alerts the operator to abnormal servo motor drive/motor operation. Servo
motor drive faults cause the pump to stop. Refer to Table 8‐5 For the servo
motor drive fault codes.

To clear a servo motor drive fault, correct the problem that caused the fault
and then remove power from the servo motor drive by turning the heaters off
and wait until the servo motor drive display is completely blank.

Figure 8-5 Servo motor drive LED and display

1. Servo motor drive LED display

Table 8-4 Servo Motor Drive Parameter Factory Settings

Group Code Description Setting
PA 01 Speed Control Mode 0002
PC 01 Acceleration Duration 200
PC 02 Deceleration Duration 200
PD 34 Alarm Output Mode 0010

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-11

Clearing Motor Drive Faults

Table 8-5 Motor Drive Parameter Factory Settings

Code Pr. Description Setting Note
L
drC UFt Type of voltage/frequency ratio
n SN1710 pump(s) only
SEt UFr lr Compensation/Voltage Boost 5
SEt SLP Slip compensation 35 SN1710 pump(s) only
SEt HSP High Speed 102
drC bFr Standard Motor Frequency 50
drC Uns Nominal Motor Voltage on Name Plate 230
drC FrS Nominal Motor Frequency on Name Plate 102
drC nCr Nominal Motor Current on Name Plate 2.7
drC nsP Nominal Motor Speed on Name Plate 1350
drC nrd Random Switching Frequency No
drC SFr Switching Frequency 4.0
drC tFr Maximum Output Frequency 102
1-0 tCC 2 Wire/3 Wire Control 2C
1-0 tCt Type of 2 Wire Control LEL
1-0 AOlt Configuration of Analog Output IOU
1-0 dO Analog/Logic Output OFR
1-0 r2 Relay r2 rUn
CtL Fr1 Configuration Reference 1 AI1

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

8-12 Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Tables

Melter Not Functioning

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. No line voltage — Connect line voltage
2. Main power switch — Place main power switch in ON
not switched on position
3. Main power switch — Replace main power switch
defective
4. Main circuit breaker — Switch on main circuit breaker
activated
5. Main circuit breaker Check for short circuit in melter or —
activated again accessories
6. 24 VDC power supply — Replace
defective
7. Frequent melter Electromagnetic compatibility Add mains filter
shutdown disruptions

One Channel (Heating Zone) Does Not Heat

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Channel is disabled / — Enable / switch on
switched off

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-13

Troubleshooting Pump

No Material (Pump Does not Rotate)

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Melter not yet ready — Wait until the melter has heated up
for operation (heatup and the green indication lamp is lit
phase)
2. Melter at present not Material was refilled Wait until the melter has heated up
ready for operation and the green indication lamp is lit
(undertemperature
during operation)
3. Motor not enabled — Enable motor
4. Speed (rpm) not set — Set speed (rpm)
5. Standby entered — Exit or wait until standby period has
expired
6. Motor overheated Ambient temperature too high Decrease ambient temperature by
cooling or airing out
Fan cap dirty Clean
Pump blocked by foreign matter Replace pump
Pump operates too sluggish Replace pump
Material too cold Set temperature accordingly
7. Motor defective — Replace
8. Motor not supplied — Technical inspection
with voltage
9. Motor drive fault — Switch melter off and on again with
main power switch
Motor overheated See above
Motor controller overheated Decrease ambient temperature by
cooling or airing out
Clean cooling section of motor
controller
Short circuit Check motor cable
Overload (pump blocked by foreign Refer to 6.
matter, pump too sluggish, material
too cold)
10. Motor drive defective — Replace

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

8-14 Troubleshooting

No Material (Motor Rotating)

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Tank empty — Fill tank
2. Filter cartridge — Clean or replace filter screen
clogged
3. Material supply hole — Detach pump and clean supply hole
to pump or pump or suction hole
suction hole clogged
4. Pressure control — Replace pressure control valve
valve defective
5. Safety valve defective — Replace safety valve
6. Pump defective — Replace pump
7. Pressure control — Adjust pressure control valve
valve setting too low

Too Little Material

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Material supply hole — Detach pump and clean supply hole
to pump or pump or suction hole
suction hole partially
clogged
2. Filter cartridge partly — Clean or replace filter screen
clogged
3. Pressure control — Clean or replace
valve defective
4. Processing — Correct temperature setting
temperature set too
low
5. Pump block is worn — Replace pump
6. Safety valve defective — Replace safety valve
7. Pump defective — Replace pump
8. Pressure control — Adjust pressure control valve
valve setting too low

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-15

Material Pressure Too High

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Pressure control — Disassemble and clean or replace
valve dirty and thus
blocked
2. Pressure control — Replace
valve defective
3. Pressure control — Set to default
valve set incorrectly

Material Pressure Too Low

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Pump is worn — Replace pump
2. Pressure control — Replace
valve does not close
any more
3. Pressure control — Disassemble and clean or replace
valve dirty and thus
clogged
4. Pressure control — Replace
valve defective
5. Pressure control — Set to default
valve set incorrectly

Material Residue in Tank

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Tank setpoint — Correct temperature setting
temperature set too
high
Material of low quality or not Consult material supplier
appropriate for application
(temperature resistance poor)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

8-16 Troubleshooting

Material Hardens in Tank

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Tank setpoint — Correct temperature setting
temperature set too
high/too low

Others

Problem Possible Cause Corrective Action

1. Leakage at pump Pump shaft seal is worn Tighten the gland bolt
shaft seal — Replace pump
2. Material pressure too Pump is worn Replace pump
low, output quantity
too low
3. Pump blocked Processed material too cold Correct temperature setting (observe
data sheet of material manufacturer)
Foreign material in pump Replace pump
4. Leakage at applicator Safety valve does not open Replace safety valve
during heatup phase (expansion pressure)

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-1

Section 9

Parts
Using the Illustrated Parts List
The parts lists provided in this section are organized into the following
columns:

Item—Identifies illustrated parts that are available from Nordson

Corporation.

Part—Provides the Nordson Corporation part number for each saleable

part shown in the illustration. A series of dashes in the parts column
(‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐) means the part cannot be ordered separately.
Description—Provides the part name, as well as its dimensions and
other characteristics when appropriate. Bullets in the description, indicate
the relationships between assemblies, subassemblies, and parts.

Quantity—The quantity required per unit, assembly, or subassembly.

The code AR (As Required) is used if the part number is a bulk item
ordered in quantities or if the quantity per assembly depends on the
product version or model.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-2 Parts

AltaBlue Configuration Code

Use the following tables to determine the configuration of your melter.
Base Melter Options
Pump Pump Pump Pump Hose/ Flow Low Host Return Motion
Melter Capacity Voltage 1 2 3 4 Gun \ Control RPM Level Resvd. Resvd. Comm. Port Switch Sensor Fan Motor Resvd.
A S − \ X X X
Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Box Item Code Options Description

1-2 Melter AS — AltaBlue PLC Standard
3 Hyphen ‐ — —
4-6 Tank capacity 015 15L 15L holding capacity
030 30L 30L holding capacity
050 50L 50L holding capacity
7 Voltage 3 240 VAC 3P Delta 240 VAC 3-phase Delta electrical service
4 380-415 VAC Wye 380-415 VAC Wye electrical service
5 400 VAC Delta 400 VAC Delta electrical service
6 480 VAC Delta 480 VAC Delta electrical service
8-11 Pump selection I SN0015, 07 kg/hr Single‐stream gear pump
A SN0030, 1.4 kg/hr
B SN0046, 2.2 kg/hr
C SN0062, 2.9 kg/hr
D SN0093, 4.5 kg/hr
E SN0186, 8.9 kg/hr
F SN0371, 17.8 kg/hr
G SN0773, 37.1 kg/hr
H SN1710, 82.1 kg/hr
9 SH0371, 17.8 kg/hr Stainless‐steel gear pump
Z SH0773, 37.1 kg/hr
2 DN0030, 1.4 kg/hr/stream Dual‐stream gear pump
3 DN0048, 2.2 kg/hr/stream
4 DN0062, 2.9 kg/hr/stream
5 DN0093, 4.5 kg/hr/stream
6 DN0186, 8.9 kg/hr/stream
7 DN0279, 13.4 kg/hr/stream
J SF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr Feinprüf Single stream gear pump
K SF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr
L SF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr
M SF0090 - 4.3 kg/hr
N SF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr
O SF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr
P SF0240 - 11.9 kg/hr
Q SF0300 - 14.4 kg/hr
R SF0450 - 21.6 kg/hr

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-3

Box Item Code Options Description

8-11 Pump selection S DF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr/stream Feinprüf Dual-stream gear pump
T DF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream
U DF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream
V DF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr/stream
W DF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr/stream
Y DF0240 - 11.5 kg/hr/stream
X None No pump at this location.
12 Hose/applicator 2 2 hose/applicator pairs 2 hose/applicator pairs (4 channels) for
pairs external temperature control (standard)
4 4 hose/applicator pairs 4 hose/applicator pairs (8 channels) for
external temperature control (standard)
6 6 hose/applicator pairs 6 hose/applicator pairs (12 channels) for
external temperature control (standard)
8 8 hose/applicator pairs 8 hose/applicator pairs (16 channels) for
external temperature control (standard)
13 Slash \ — —
14 Flow control A Pneumatic PCV Pneumatic PCVs are installed, allowing the
bypass pressure to be adjusted using a
customer‐supplied air pressure regulator.
V Circulation control valve Circulation control valves are installed,
allowing recirculated adhesive to be
controlled when a single adhesive stream
is split between multiple applications in
which the adhesive flow to each
application needs to be balanced because
of differing add‐on rates.
M Manual Pneumatic Pressure Pneumatic PCVs with air regulators are
Control installed, allowing the operator to change
the system pressure by adjusting the
regulators.
F Flow Control Bypass Pneumatic PCVs with corresponding air
regulators and controlling solenoids are
installed, by customer supplied signals
triggering the solenoids to switch the
hydraulic system between pneumatic
pressure control mode (by manually
adjustable air pressure regulators) and the
volumetric mode (which means that no
material circulates through the pneumatic
pressure control valve).
X Manual PCV Standard manual PCVs are installed,
allowing the manual adjustment of
adhesive pressure.
15 RPM X
Verification R Pump RPM Verification Actual pump speed reading
B Pump RPM Verification & Actual pump speed reading and each
KTL Per Pump pump can accept individual KTL signal
16 Low‐level L Low‐level indication present Provides a signal when the adhesive level
indication in the tank falls below a specified value.
X None No low‐level indication

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-4 Parts

AltaBlue Configuration Code (contd)

Box Item Code Options Description

17 Reserved X — —
18 Reserved X — —
19 Host E Ethernet Standard host communication through
communication Ethernet
20 Return port R 1 hose return port One hose return port is installed.
F 4 hose return port This option is only for DS manifold.
X None No hose return port
21 Motion switch m Motion switch present The motion switch is a lockable motor
disconnect switch that removes power
from the motor drives, allowing the pump
and motor to be service without turning off
the melter heat.
X None No motion switch
22 Sensor type P 100‐ohm platinum sensors Requires Nordson M‐style hose/applicator
connectors
23 Fan F Extra Fan Install an extra exhaust fan on the side
panel
X None No extra fan
24 Motor S Servo Motor Mitsubishi servo motor is installed
X AC Motor Nordson standard ac motor is installed
25 Reserved X — —

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-5

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-6 Parts

Frame Assembly
The frame assembly parts vary depending on the size of the melter:
one/two‐pump or three/four‐pump. Refer to the correct parts list for your
melter.

One/Two‐Pump Melter Frame Parts

See Figure 9‐1.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­­ Module, Common,15/30L, 2D, AT
901 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly,Tank Side,15 AND 30 Liter 2
902 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly,Motor Cover,Side 2
903 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly,Motor Cover Front 1
904 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly ,Electrical Cover Front 1
906 ­­­­­­­­­ S Rivet, Pop, 1/8X.187,BLK,ALUM 8
907 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Button, M32, Plastic 3
908 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plate Stamping,160X55 1
913 7410472 S Kit ,Ship with, 2D, PLC, AB 1
914 7400868 S Cable Gland, Clamp, M32, 15­22mm 1
917 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Dome, 22.2, Nylon 66, BLK 2
919 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Button M40, Plastic 2

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-7

Figure 9-1 One/two‐pump melter frame assembly parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-8 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Frame Parts

See Figure 9‐2.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­­ Module, Common, 30/50L, 4D, AT
901 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly, Tank Side, 15 and 30 Liter 2
902 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly, Motor Cover Side 2
903 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly, Motor Cover Front 4D 1
904 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly, Electrical Cover, Front 4D 1
906 ­­­­­­­­­ S Rivet, Pop, 1/8X.187, BLK, ALUM 8
907 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Button, M32, Plastic 3
908 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plate Stamping,160X55 1
913 7403474 S Kit, Ship with, 4D/100,PLC AB 1
914 7400354 S Cable Gland, Glamp, M32,18­25mm 1
917 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Dome, 22.2, Nylon 66, BLK 4
919 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Button M40,Plastic 2

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-9

Figure 9-2 Three/four‐pump melter frame assembly parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-10 Parts

Reservoir/Manifold Assembly
The reservoir/manifold assembly parts vary depending on the size of the
melter: one/two‐pump, three/four‐pump. Refer to the correct parts list for your
melter.

One/Two‐Pump Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts

See Figure 9‐3.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, manifold/reservoir, one/two pump —
101 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Base 1
102 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Manifold assembly 1 A
103 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Spacer, manifold to base 4
104 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, insulator, manifold 1
105 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Support, hydraulics 2
106 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M8 24
107 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, narrow, M8 24
108 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 45 4
109 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 25 20
110 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M8 16
111 7400293 S Castor, swivel, 100 mm, 130 kg 2
112 7400294 S Castor, swivel, with lock, 100 mm, 130 kg 2
113 256800 S O‐ring, 26 x 2 2
114 7400132 S O‐ring, Viton, 45 x 2 2
115 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Reservoir, machined 1
116 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 90 6
117 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Spring washer, 16 mm OD 6
118 7400339 S Plug, M16, O‐ring, Viton 4
119 7400297 S Service kit, heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 13.75 3
(all melter manifolds)
120 7400569 S Service kit, heater, 240V, 400W, 1/2 X 13.75 3
(one/two pump melter reservoirs)
121 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 12
122 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M6 12
123 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, recessed, M6 x 10 12
124 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
125 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lock washer, external, M3 2
126 7401366 S Thermoswitch, AltaBlue 1
127 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Deflector, adhesive 1
128 1058990 S Cordstock, 3 mm OD, Viton, 75 D 1
129 900298 S Compound, heat sink, 5 oz tube 1
130 900344 S Lubricant, Never Seez, 8 oz can 1
131 900223 S Lubricant, O‐ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
132 900413 S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz. tube 1
NOTE A: Refer to Manifold Parts.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-11

Figure 9-3 One/two‐pump melter reservoir/manifold assembly parts (30L, 2 SS assembly shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-12 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts

See Figure 9‐4.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ------- Assembly, manifold/reservoir, three/four pump —
101 ------- S Base 1
102 ------- S Manifold assembly 2 A
103 ------- S Spacer, manifold/base 8
104 ------- S Plate, insulator, manifold 2
105 ------- S Support, manifold 1
106 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M8 12
107 ------- S Washer, flat, narrow, M8 12
108 ------- S Screw,socket, M8 x 45 8
109 ------- S Screw,socket, M8 x 25 4
110 ------- S Screw, socket, M10 x 25 16
111 7400478 S Castor, swivel, 100 mm, 280 kg 2
112 7400479 S Castor, swivel, with lock, 100 mm, 280 kg 2
113 256800 S O‐ring, 26 x 2 4
114 7400132 S O‐ring, Viton, 45 x 2 4
115 ------- S Reservoir, machined 1
116 ------- S Screw, socket, M8 x 100 12
117 ------- S Spring washer, 16 mm OD 12
119 7400297 S Service kit, heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 13.75 (all 6
melter manifolds)
120 7400874 S Service kit, heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 27.5 3
(three/four pump melter and 100L melter
reservoirs)
121 ------- S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 18
123 ------- S Screw, pan, recessed, M6 x 10 18
124 ------- S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
125 ------- S Lock washer, external, M3 2
126 7401366 S Thermoswitch, AltaBlue 1
127 ------- S Plate deflector 2
128 1058990 S Cordstock, 3 mm OD, Viton, 75 D 2.4
129 900298 S Compound, heat sink, 5 oz tube 1
130 900344 S Lubricant, Never Seez, 8 oz can 1
131 900223 S Lubricant, O‐ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
132 900413 S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz. tube 1
133 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M10 16
134 ------- S Washer, flat, M10 16
135 ------- Not Used —
136 ------- S Tag, pump number 2
137 ------- S Rivet, pop, 1/8 x 0.187 16
NOTE A: Refer to Manifold Parts.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-13

Figure 9-4 Three/four‐pump melter reservoir/manifold assembly parts (30/50L, 2SS/2SS assembly shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-14 Parts

Manifold Parts
See Figures 9‐5 through 9‐7.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, manifold/reservoir —
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Manifold, 2 Dual Stream, DURA 1
1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Manifold, 1 Single Stream, DURA 1
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Manifold, 2 Single Stream, DURA 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S O-ring 12X2 Viton B 1,2 or 4
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, Drain, 2DS 1
3 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, Drain, 1SS 1
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, Drain, 2SS 1
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCR, SKT, M6X25,BL 10
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, LK, M, SPT, M6, STL, ZN 10
6 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, FLT, M, Narrow, M6, STL, ZN 10
7 973480 S Plug, O-ring, STD THD, M14X1.5 8
8 7400339 S Plug, M16 ,O-ring,Viton 6 or 8
9 7400340 S Plug, M22,O-ring,Viton 3 or 6
10 7400341 S Adapter, M22 TO M16, O-ring Port 2 or 4
11 7400355 S O-ring, Viton,FOR M22 O-ring Plug 2 or 4
12 900223 S Lubricant, O-ring, Parker, 4 OZ, 30122‐5 0.02
13 900344 S Lubricant, Never Seez, 8oz can 0.01

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-15

01

APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

08 12

08 12

08 12

APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

07 12

02 12

03

06

05

04 13 APPLY 0.5−0.7 Nm TORQUE

Figure 9-5 Manifold assembly parts—one or two dual stream pump

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-16 Parts

Manifold Parts (contd)

09 12 APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

01

APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

10 11 12 08 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

09 12 APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

08 12

APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

07 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

02 12

03

06

05

04 13 APPLY 0.5−0.7 nm TORQUE

Figure 9-6 Manifold assembly parts - one single stream pump

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-17

09 12 APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

08 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

09 12
01
APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

10 11 12
08 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQU
APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE
09 12 APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQU

08 12

APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

07 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQU

02 12

03

06

05

04 13 APPLY 0.5−0.7 Nm TORQ

Figure 9-7 Manifold assembly parts—two single‐stream pumps

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-18 Parts

Hopper Assembly
The hopper assembly parts vary depending on the size of the melter:
one/two‐pump, three/four‐pump. Refer to the correct parts list for your melter.

One/Two‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts

See Figure 9‐8.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, hopper, one/two pump —
201 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Hopper/grid, machined 1
202 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, narrow, M6 20
203 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock split, M6 40
204 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 25 20
7400135 S Gasket, hopper, 30L/50L, one/two pump 1
205
7400134 S Gasket, hopper, 15L, one/two pump 1
206 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
207 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lock washer, external, M3 2
208 7401366 S Thermoswitch, ALTABLUE 1
S Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 11.65 4 or 8
7400298
(one/two pump melter 30/50L hopper)
209
S Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 500W, 1/2 X 6.38
7400876 4
(two‐pump hopper)
210 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 8
211 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 10 8
212 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Frame, tank, paint 2
213 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M6 12
214 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M6 12
215 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M8 4
216 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M8 4
217 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M8 4
218 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, rear, hydraulic 1
219 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, front, hydraulic 1
220 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Bracket, heater terminal 1
221 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, flat, socket, M4 x 12 2
222 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Heater, terminal block assembly 1
223 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M5 6
224 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock split, M5 6
225 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M5 2
226 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, top, hydraulic 1

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-19

Item Part Description Quantity Note

7402929 S Service kit, lid, AD2D15L/4D30L 1
7402920 S Service kit, lid, AB2D30&50L/4D50L 1
227 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lid, outer 1
228 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lid, inner 1
229‐231 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Not Used —
232 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Hinge, lid 2
233 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, flat, recessed, M5 x 12 8
234 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, button, socket, M5 x 10 12
235 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Handle, lid 1
236 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, M5 x 16 2
237 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Compound, heat sink, 5 oz tube 1
238 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz. tube 1
239 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Rivet, pop, 1/ x
8 0.187 2
240 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Tag, warning, hot 1
241 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, jam, M5 4
242 931074 S Tape, insulation 75
243 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Insulation, foil backed, 600W x 1200L x 25 mm 1
244 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Marker, SAKD 2.5 N 1
245 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Sleeving, insulation, 0.500 ID 1
246‐256 ------- Not Used —
257 333304 S Sensor,Temp,RTD,NI,18FT Lead 1
NS 162506 S Sensor,RTD,100 OHM,PLT,18FTLG 1
NS: Not Shown

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-20 Parts

One/Two‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts (contd)

Figure 9-8 One/two‐pump melter hopper assembly parts (30L hopper without hose return shown)

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-21

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-22 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts

See Figure 9‐9.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, hopper, three/four pump —
201 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Hopper, machined 1
202 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, narrow, M6 30
203 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M6 66
204 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 25 30
205 7400326 S Gasket, hopper, three/four pump, 50L 1
NS 7400327 S Gasket, hopper, three/four pump, 30L 1
206 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
207 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lock washer, external, M3 2
208 7401366 S Thermoswitch, ALTABLUE 1
209 7400875 S Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 750W, 1/2 x 11.85 9
(50Lhopper)
NS 7400876 S Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 500W, 1/2 X 6.38 9
(30Lhopper)
210 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 18
211 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 10 18
212 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Frame, tank, paint 2
213 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M6 18
214 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M6 12
215 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M8 4
216 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M8 4
7402929 S Service kit, lid, AD2D15L/4D30L 1
7402920 S Service kit, lid, AB2D30&50L/4D50L 1
217 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 20 4
218 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, rear, hydraulic 1
219 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, front, hydraulic 1
220 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Bracket, heater terminal 2
221 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, flat, socket, M4 x 12 4
222 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Heater, terminal block, left 1
223 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M5 8
224 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M5 8
225 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M5 4
226 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, top, hydraulic 1
227 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lid, outer 1
228 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lid, inner 1
229‐231 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Not Used —
232 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Hinge, lid 2
NS: Not Shown

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-23

Item Part Description Quantity Note

233 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, flat, recessed, M5 x 12 8
234 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, button,socket, M5 x 10 12
235 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Handle, lid 1
236 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, M5 x 16 2
237 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Compound, heat sink,5 oz tube 1
238 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz tube 1
239 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Rivet, pop, 1/8 x 0.187 2
240 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Tag, warning, hot 1
241 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, jam, M5 4
242 931074 S Tape, insulation 200
243 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Insulation, foil backed, 600W x 1200 L x 25 mm 1
245 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Sleeving, insulation, 0.500 ID 1
246 7400540 S O‐ring, Viton, 51.5 x 2.65 1
247 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, machined, hose return 1
248 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 20 6
249 7400337 S Fitting, hose,45deg, M16x9/16‐18, O‐ring, Viton 1
250 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Heater, terminal block assembly, 400V, 1
three/four‐pump, WYE
251‐256 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Not Used —
257 333304 S Sensor, temp, RTD,NI,18FT lead 1
NS 162506 S Sensor, RTD,100 OHM, PLT,18FTLG 1
NS: Not Shown

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-24 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts (contd)

Figure 9-9 Three/four‐pump melter hopper assembly parts (50L hopper with hose return shown)

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-25

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-26 Parts

Pump Assemblies
The pump assembly parts vary depending on the type of pump:
single‐stream or dual‐stream. Refer to the correct parts lists for your melter.

Pump Module Parts

See Figure 9‐10.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, pump module —
301 256800 S O‐ring, 26 x 2 1
302 250269 S O‐ring, 35 x 2 1
‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Adapter assembly, single‐stream, with shutoff 1 A
303
‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Adapter assembly, dual‐stream, with shutoff 1 B
304 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Spring washer,16 mm OD 4
305 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 110 4
‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Gear pump, single‐stream 1 C
306
‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Gear pump, dual‐stream 1 D
308 900344 S Lubricant, Never Seez, 8 oz can 1
309 900223 S Lubricant, O‐ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
NOTE A: Refer to Single‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts.
B: Refer to Dual‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts.
C: Refer to Single‐Stream Gear Pumps for pump part numbers.
D: Refer to Dual‐Stream Gear Pumps for pump part numbers.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-27

THIS V IEW SHOW S THE SINGLE STREAM PUMP

TIGHTEN SCREWS 309, 301

20 TO 25 N−M
306, 307, 308 305, 308 304 303 309, 302

THIS VIEW SHOWS THE BLANK

302, 309

309, 301 303 304 308, 305

THIS V IEW SHOW S THE DUAL STREAM PUMP

TIGHTEN SCREWS 309, 301

20 TO 25 N−M
306, 307, 308 305, 308 304 303 309, 302

Figure 9-10 Pump module parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-28 Parts

Single‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts

See Figure 9‐11.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­ 7402910 Kit, Service, Adapter, SSN ­­­
­­­­­­­ 7402911 Kit, Service, Adapter, SSN, ­­­
­­­­­­­ 7402914 Kit, Service, Adapter, SSF ­­­
01 ­­­­­­­ Adapter, pump, single­stream 1
02 ­­­­­­­ Valve, rotary 1
03 ­­­­­­­ Plate, stop 1
04 ­­­­­­­ Screw, socket, M5 x 12 4
05 ­­­­­­­ Washer, flat, narrow, M5 4
06 ­­­­­­­ Washer, lock, split, M5 4
07 207932 Valve, safety 1 A
08 973480 Plug, O­ring, straight­thread, M14 x 1.5 4
09 900223 Lubricant, O­ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
10 900341 Lubricant, Never­Seez, 16 oz cans 1
12 250267 O­ring, 32 x 2 1
13 985022 Pin, dowel, M6 x 20 long, hose and applicator 1
NOTE A: Refer to Safety Valve Parts.

05 06 04 10

03

09 12

13

02

08 10

01
08 10

07 10

Figure 9-11 Single‐stream pump adapter parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-29

Dual‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts

See Figure 9‐12.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­ 7402909 Kit, Service, Adapter, DSN ­­­
­­­­­­­ 7402913 Kit, Service, Adapter, DSF ­­­
01 ­­­­­­­­ S Adapter, pump, dual­stream 1
02 ­­­­­­­­ S Valve, rotary 1
03 ­­­­­­­­ S Plate, stop 1
04 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, socket, M5 x 12 4
05 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flat, narrow, M5 4
06 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lock, split, M5 4
07 207932 S Valve, safety 2 A
08 973480 S Plug, O­ring, straight­thread, M14 x 1.5 5
09 900223 S Lubricant, O­ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
10 900341 S Lubricant, Never­Seez, 16 oz cans 1
11 973459 S Plug, O­ring, straight­thread, M22 x 1.5 1
12 250267 S O­ring, 32 x 2 1
13 985022 S Pin, dowel, M6 x 20 long, hose and applicator 1

05 06 04 10

03

09 12

13

02

10 08

01

10 08
11 10

08 10

07 10

08 10

Figure 9-12 Dual‐stream pump adapter parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-30 Parts

Single‐Stream Gear Pump

See Figure 9‐13.

Item Variseal Description Quantity Note

Part
— 7109715 Gear pump SN0030 (0.30 cc/rev) 1
— 729105 Gear pump SN0046 (0.46 cc/rev) 1
— 7116270 Gear pump SN0062 (0.62 cc/rev) 1
— 7104514 Gear pump SN0093 (0.93 cc/rev) 1
— 203708 Gear pump SN0186 (1.86 cc/rev) 1
— 729106 Gear pump SN0371 (3.71 cc/rev) 1
— 729107 Gear pump SN0773 (7.73 cc/rev) 1
— 7116829 Gear pump SN1710 (17.10 cc/rev) 1
— 7131840 Gear pump SH0773, hardened (7.73 cc/rev) 1
— 7130225 Gear pump SH0371, hardened (3.71 cc/rev) 1

Figure 9-13 Single‐stream Variseal gear pump

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-31

Dual‐Stream Gear Pumps

See Figure 9‐14.

Item Gland Variseal Description Quantity Note

Seal Part Part
— 291995 7116580 Gear pump DN0030 (2 x 0.30 cc/rev) 1
— 291996 7104179 Gear pump DN0046 (2 x 0.46 cc/rev) 1
— 203640 7104180 Gear pump DN0062 (2 x 0.62 cc/rev) 1
— 403729 7116269 Gear pump DN0093 (2 x 0.93 cc/rev) 1
— 291997 7104181 Gear pump DN0186 (2 x 1.86 cc/rev) 1
— 406435 7116268 Gear pump DN0279 (2 x 2.79 cc/rev) 1
— 7104645 — Service Kit for gland seal pump sizes 1
DN0030 to DN0279
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S Seal, PU6/12, 94 x 80 x 0.8 2
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S Sealing paste, Stucarit 203, 100 ml 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10 g 1

Figure 9-14 Dual‐stream gland seal gear pump

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-32 Parts

Safety Valve Parts

See Figure 9‐15.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 207932 Valve, safety, 85 bar 1
— 394592 Service kit 1
1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 11 x 2 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 9 x 2 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. Grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

Figure 9-15 Safety valve parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-33

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-34 Parts

Control Valve Assemblies

The control valve assemblies vary depending on the type of pressure control
valve: pressure control valve, pneumatic pressure control valve, circulation
control valve, or blank. Refer to the correct parts lists for your melter.

Control Valve Module Parts (Until Week 17/2012)

See Figure 9‐16.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­ ­­­­­­­­­ Assembly,control valve module ­­­
401 7104265 S Filter cartridge MW0,2 VB reinf. compl. 1 A
401 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug M56x1,5 L35 1
402 203059 S Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB 1 B
207300 S Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB pneum 1 C
1070961 S Valve, Circulation Control, AltaBlue 1 D
­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, pressure regulator valve VB/DB 1
403 ­­­­­­­­­ S Valve, Ball, 8 MM, SS 316 1
404 ­­­­­­­­­ S Screw, Drain Valve 1
405 ­­­­­­­­­ S Retaining Ring, INT, 51, Basic 1
NOTE A: Refer to Filter Cartridge Parts.
B: Refer to Pressure Control Valve Parts OR Pressure Build Control.
C: Refer to Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Parts OR Manual Pneumatic Pressure Control
OR Flow Control Bypass.
D: Refer to Circulation Control Valve Parts.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-35

Control Valve Module Parts (After Week 17/2012)

See Figure 9‐16.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­ ­­­­­­­­­ Assembly,control valve module ­­­
401 1120137 S Filter cartridge MW0,2 VB reinf. compl. 1 A
401 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug M56x1,5 L35 1
402 203059 S Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB 1 B
207300 S Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB pneum 1 C
1070961 S Valve, Circulation Control, AltaBlue 1 D
­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, pressure regulator valve VB/DB 1
403 ­­­­­­­­­ S Valve, Ball, 8 MM, SS 316 1
404 ­­­­­­­­­ S Screw, Drain Valve 1
405 ­­­­­­­­­ S Retaining Ring, INT, 51, Basic 1
NOTE A: Refer to Filter Cartridge Parts.
B: Refer to Pressure Control Valve Parts OR Pressure Build Control.
C: Refer to Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Parts OR Manual Pneumatic Pressure Control
OR Flow Control Bypass.
D: Refer to Circulation Control Valve Parts.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-36 Parts

Figure 9-16 Pressure control module parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-37

Filter Cartridge Parts (Until Week 17/2012)

See Figure 9‐17.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 7104265 Filter cartridge, mesh Size 0.2 mm, complete 1
— 394590 Service Kit Filter 0.2 mm 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S Filter sleeve Mesh Size 0,2 complete 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S Filter sheath D40 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S Filter sleeve MS 0,2 L104 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S O‐ring 31x1 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S O‐ring 44x3 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S O‐ring 48x2 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

Filter Cartridge Parts (After Week 17/2012)

See Figure 9‐17.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 1120137 Filter cartridge, mesh Size 0.2 mm, complete 1
— 7157673 Kit-SVC filter MW0, 2 NE 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S Filter sheath VB/DB D42 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S Filter sleeve MS 0,2 L104 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 28x2 Viton 2
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 44x3 Viton 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 48x2 Viton 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

Figure 9-17 Filter cartridge parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-38 Parts

Pressure Control Valve Parts

See Figure 9‐18.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 203059 Valve, pressure control, adjustable, 90 bar 1
1 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Body, valve 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Piston, valve, supporting ring 1
3 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Set screw, black, 90 bar 1
4 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Compression spring, 2.2 x 7.4 x 34.4 1
5 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 6 x 2 1
6 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 11 x 2 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 9 x 2 1
8 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Supporting ring, Da10, Di6.7, spiral 1
— 394600 Service Kit Pressure control valve 1
6 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 11 x 2 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 9 x 2 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10 g 1

6 8

7 5

Figure 9-18 Pressure control valve parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-39

Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Parts

See Figure 9‐19.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ 207300 Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB pneum —
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Piston, pressure control valve 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Valve body, bypass 300 degree 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Cylinder, bypass pneu., Da19.3 1
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Valve, body, bypass pneumatic, 50bar (90 psi) 1
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Piston, bypass pneu., Da19.3 1
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Piston, bypass pneu., Da19.3 1
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Seal, 19.7 x 0.6 1
8 ­­­­­­­­ S O-ring, 11 x 2 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S O-ring, 9 x 2 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Fitting, quick thread-in, -W-d04-G1/8-TURN 1
­­­­­­­­ S Fitting, quick thread-in, -W-d08-R1/8-TURN 1
11 ­­­­­­­­ S Inside seal, Turcon-Variseal_M2S 1
— 394600 Service Kit Pressure control valve 1
8 ­­­­­­­­ S O-ring, 11 x 2 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S O-ring, 9 x 2 1
— ­­­­­­­­ S High temp grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

10

3
6

8 11

Figure 9-19 Pneumatic pressure control valve parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-40 Parts

Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Interface Parts

See Figure 9‐20.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 207300 Valve, pressure control, pneumatic 1
2 ------- Hose, air‐operated, D4, 0 D2, 5 PTFE 1.5
3 ------- Fitting, quick‐thread, W‐D04‐G 1/8‐turn 1
4 ------- Reducer 1
5 ------- Sealing ring, R1/4‐type, PD 5
6 ------- T‐piece 1
7 ------- Nipple, double 1
8 ------- Bulkhead connection, iG1/4 1
9 ------- Street el, G1/4 x RP1/4 1
10 279615 Bypass valve 1
11 — Item no. not used —
12 ------- Sign, max 6.0 1
13 — Item no. not used —
14 ------- Air coupling, male, AG1/4 L3 1
15 ------- Air coupling, female, D6 NE7.2 L60 1
16 ------- Hose, air‐operated, D8.0, D6.0 PU blue 2
17 ------- Fitting, straight 1
18 ------- Grease, high‐temperature, GLS 595/N2, can 1

THIS VALVE CONNECT TO MAINFOLD

1 2

ITEM 10 MUST BE VERTICAL

17 16 15 1418 5 12 9 18 5 1810 8 7 6 5 4 18 3 18

Figure 9-20 Pneumatic pressure control valve interface parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-41

2D Manual Pneumatic PCV Parts

See Figure 9‐21.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

701 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV,4-FOLD,L 1
702 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 4
703 207300 PRESSURE CTRL VALVE 5-90 BAR VB/DB 4
PNEUM
704 ­­­­­­­ QUICK THREAD-IN FITTING -G-D06-G1/4-0000 1
705 ­­­­­­­ TUBE,POLYURETHANE,8MM OD,BLUE 1
706 ­­­­­­­ FEMALE AIR COUPLING D6 NW7,2 L60 1
707 ­­­­­­­ FILTER CARTRIDGE MW0,2 VB REINF. COMPL. 4
708 ­­­­­­­ BALL,8 MM 4
709 ­­­­­­­ SCREW, DRAIN VALVE 4
710 ­­­­­­­ RETAINING RING,INT,51,BASIC 4
NOTE: This parts list is for the four‐path option for the manual pneumatic PCV.

Figure 9-21 2D manual pneumatic PCV parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-42 Parts

4D Manual Pneumatic PCV Parts

See Figure 9‐22.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

701 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV,4-FOLD,L 1
702 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 8
703 207300 PRESSURE CTRL VALVE 5-90 BAR VB/DB 8
PNEUM
704 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV,4-FOLD,R 1
705 ­­­­­­­ QUICK THREAD-IN FITTING -G-D06-G1/4-0000 2
706 ­­­­­­­ TUBE,POLYURETHANE,8MM OD,BLUE 2
707 ­­­­­­­ FEMALE AIR COUPLING D6 NW7,2 L60 2
708 ­­­­­­­ FILTER CARTRIDGE MW0,2 VB REINF. COMPL. 8
709 ­­­­­­­ BALL,8 MM 8
710 ­­­­­­­ SCREW, DRAIN VALVE 8
711 ­­­­­­­ RETAINING RING,INT,51,BASIC 8
NOTE: This parts list is for the eight‐path option for the manual pneumatic PCV.

Figure 9-22 4D manual pneumatic PCV parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-43

Four‐Path Left Manual PCV Parts

See Figure 9‐23.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ­­­­­­­ MANIFOLD,MANUAL PCV 1
2 7412730 SERVICE KIT,PCV,MANUAL 4
3 ­­­­­­­ SPACER 4
4 ­­­­­­­ SCREW PLUG G1/4 DIN908 1
5 ­­­­­­­ SAFETY VALVE 8BAR G1/4 SW17 1
6 ­­­­­­­ SEALING RING R1/4 TYPE:PDR-14 PVC 2
7 ­­­­­­­ MALE AIR COUPLING KS4-1/4-A 1
8 ­­­­­­­ CONNECTOR,TYPE I,M5-D04 4
9 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 0.8
10 ­­­­­­­ SCR,SKT,M3X18,ZN 6
11 ­­­­­­­ SCR,HEX,M6X40,STL,ZP(GB/T 5781-2000) 4
12 ­­­­­­­ NUT,HEX,M6,STL,ZN 4
13 ­­­­­­­ SIGN "MAX. 6 BAR" SELF ADHESIVE 1
NOTE: This parts list is for a four-path option for the left manual PCV.

Figure 9-23 Four-path left manual PCV parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-44 Parts

Four‐Path Right Manual PCV Parts

See Figure 9‐24.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ­­­­­­­ MANIFOLD,MANUAL PCV 1
2 7412730 SERVICE KIT,PCV,MANUAL 4
3 ­­­­­­­ SPACER 4
4 ­­­­­­­ SCREW PLUG G1/4 DIN908 1
5 ­­­­­­­ SAFETY VALVE 8BAR G1/4 SW17 1
6 ­­­­­­­ SEALING RING R1/4 TYPE:PDR-14 PVC 2
7 ­­­­­­­ MALE AIR COUPLING KS4-1/4-A 1
8 ­­­­­­­ CONNECTOR,TYPE I,M5-D04 4
9 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 0.8
10 ­­­­­­­ SCR,SKT,M3X18,ZN 6
11 ­­­­­­­ SCR,HEX,M6X40,STL,ZP(GB/T 5781-2000) 4
12 ­­­­­­­ NUT,HEX,M6,STL,ZN 4
13 ­­­­­­­ SIGN "MAX. 6 BAR" SELF ADHESIVE 1
NOTE: This parts list is for a four-path option for the right manual PCV.

Figure 9-24 Four-path right manual PCV parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-45

2D Flow Control Bypass Parts

See Figure 9‐25.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

701 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, ABP, 1
4-FOLD, L
702 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 4
703 207300 PRESSURE CTRL VALVE 5-90 BAR VB/DB 4
PNEUM
704 ­­­­­­­ QUICK THREAD-IN FITTING -G-D06-G1/4-0000 1
705 ­­­­­­­ TUBE,POLYURETHANE,8MM OD,BLUE 1
706 ­­­­­­­ FEMALE AIR COUPLING D6 NW7,2 L60 1
707 ­­­­­­­ FILTER CARTRIDGE MW0,2 VB REINF. COMPL. 4
708 ­­­­­­­ BALL,8 MM 4
709 ­­­­­­­ SCREW, DRAIN VALVE 4
710 ­­­­­­­ RETAINING RING,INT,51,BASIC 4
NOTE: This parts list is for the four-path option for the flow control bypass.

Figure 9-25 2D flow control bypass parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-46 Parts

4D Flow Control Bypass Parts

See Figure 9‐26.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

701 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, ABP, 1
4-FOLD, L
702 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 8
703 207300 PRESSURE CTRL VALVE 5-90 BAR VB/DB 8
PNEUM
704 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 1
ABP, 4-FOLD, R
705 ­­­­­­­ QUICK THREAD-IN FITTING -G-D06-G1/4-0000 2
706 ­­­­­­­ TUBE,POLYURETHANE,8MM OD,BLUE 2
707 ­­­­­­­ FEMALE AIR COUPLING D6 NW7,2 L60 2
708 ­­­­­­­ FILTER CARTRIDGE MW0,2 VB REINF. COMPL. 8
709 ­­­­­­­ BALL,8 MM 8
710 ­­­­­­­ SCREW, DRAIN VALVE 8
711 ­­­­­­­ RETAINING RING,INT,51,BASIC 8
NOTE: This parts list is for the eight-path option for the flow control bypass.

Figure 9-26 4D flow control bypass parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-47

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-48 Parts

Three‐Path Right Flow Control Bypass Parts

See Figure 9‐27.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ­­­­­­ MANIFOLD,FCB,L 1
2 7412731 SERVICE KIT,PCV WITH SOLENOID VALVE 3
3 ­­­­­­ COVER,BLANK,FCB 1
4 ­­­­­­ SPACER 4
5 ­­­­­­­ JUNCTION BOX,88X88X55MM,ABS 1
6 ­­­­­­­ SCREW PLUG G1/4 DIN908 1
7 ­­­­­­­ SAFETY VALVE 8BAR G1/4 SW17 1
8 ­­­­­­­ SEALING RING R1/4 TYPE:PDR-14 PVC 2
9 ­­­­­­­ MALE AIR COUPLING KS4-1/4-A 1
10 ­­­­­­ SCR,SKT,M5X18,ZN 16
11 ­­­­­­ WASHER,LK,M,SPT,M5,STL,ZN 4
12 ­­­­­­ WASHER,FLT,M,REG,M5,STL,ZN 4
13 ­­­­­­ SCR,HEX,M6X40,STL,ZP(GB/T 5781-2000) 4
14 ­­­­­­ SCR,PAN,REC,M4X10,ZN 2
15 ­­­­­­ O-RING,VITON,3.0X1.0 2
16 ­­­­­­ NUT,HEX,M6,STL,ZN 4
17 ­­­­­­ CONNECTOR,PLASTIC,2 STA. 3
18 ­­­­­­ NUT,CABLE GLANDE,M20X1,5,BLACK 2
19 ­­­­­­ STRAIN RELIEF,CABLE D10~14,M20-S 2
20 ­­­­­­ SIGN "MAX. 6 BAR" SELF ADHESIVE 1
NOTE: This parts list is a three‐path option for the right flow control bypass.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-49

Figure 9-27 Three-path right flow control bypass parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-50 Parts

Three‐Path Left Flow Control Bypass Parts

See Figure 9‐28.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 7412731 SERVICE KIT,PCV WITH SOLENOID VALVE 3
2 ­­­­­­ COVER,BLANK,FCB 1
3 ­­­­­­ SPACER 4
4 ­­­­­­­ JUNCTION BOX,88X88X55MM,ABS 1
5 ­­­­­­­ SCREW PLUG G1/4 DIN908 1
6 ­­­­­­­ SAFETY VALVE 8BAR G1/4 SW17 1
7 ­­­­­­­ SEALING RING R1/4 TYPE:PDR-14 PVC 2
8 ­­­­­­­ MALE AIR COUPLING KS4-1/4-A 1
9 ­­­­­­ SCR,SKT,M5X18,ZN 16
10 ­­­­­­ WASHER,LK,M,SPT,M5,STL,ZN 4
11 ­­­­­­ WASHER,FLT,M,REG,M5,STL,ZN 4
12 ­­­­­­ SCR,HEX,M6X40,STL,ZP(GB/T 5781-2000) 4
13 ­­­­­­ SCR,PAN,REC,M4X10,ZN 2
14 ­­­­­­ O-RING,VITON,3.0X1.0 2
15 ­­­­­­ MANIFOLD,FCB,R 1
16 ­­­­­­ NUT,HEX,M6,STL,ZN 4
17 ­­­­­­ CONNECTOR,PLASTIC,2 STA. 3
18 ­­­­­­ NUT,CABLE GLANDE,M20X1,5,BLACK 2
19 ­­­­­­ STRAIN RELIEF,CABLE D10~14,M20-S 2
20 ­­­­­­ SIGN "MAX. 6 BAR" SELF ADHESIVE 1
NOTE: This parts list is a three‐path option for the left flow control bypass.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-51

Figure 9-28 Three-path left flow control bypass parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-52 Parts

Circulation Control Valve Parts

See Figure 9‐29.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 1070961 Valve, circulation control 1
1 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Body, circulation valve 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Spool, circulation valve 1
3 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M12 1
4 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 9 x 2 1
5 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 11 x 2 1
6 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, Viton, 0.239 ID x 0.070 W 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, set, cup, M4 x 4, stainless‐steel 1
— 394600 Service Kit Circulation control valve 1
4 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 9 x 2 1
5 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 11 x 2 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

1 2

Figure 9-29 Circulation control valve parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-53

Flow Control Bypass

This option contains:

0. Pneumatically actuated pressure control valve (1x per stream)

a. Fast switching 3-way solenoid +Pressure regulator + gauge
(1x per stream)

Set up:

Available line pressure (approx. 6 bar) is being put on the pressure regulator
and into the solenoid input. The outlet pressure of the regulator is adjusted
according to the desired recirculation flow setting. The pressure gauge is
installed after the pump into the stream that goes to the hose connector
fitting. The actuation signal for the solenoid is being supplied externally via
connector and in accordance to the trigger signal of the applicator.

Function:

When the applicator is open the system is run in volumetric mode, which
means that no material circulates through the pneumatic pressure control
valve. In this mode the flow is determined by the motor RPM setting,
respectively the key‐to‐line signal.

To achieve this a trigger signal (e.g. the trigger signal for the applicator) is
sent to the solenoid for the pneumatic pressure control valve, which does
close with maximum air pressure (e.g. available line pressure of 6 bar). In
cases of overpressure the safety pressure valve would operate. When the
applicator is closed, a trigger signal (e.g. the trigger signal for the applicator)
does operate the solenoid for the bypass valve. This allows the regulated
(reduced) air flow to open the pneumatic pressure control valve and to adjust
recirculation pressure according to the air pressure setting.

The major goal is to reduce/eliminate the burn-through (hammerhead) effect

by adjusting the pressure during applicator closed. The applicator or nozzle
pressure in this mode is usually the same as during applicator open.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-54 Parts

Schematics

Figure 9-30 Manual pneumatic pressure control valve schematic

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-55

Manual Pneumatic Pressure

This option contains:

0. Pneumatically actuated pressure control valve (1x per stream)

a. Manually operated pressure regulator + gauge (1x per stream)

Set Up:

Available line pressure is supplied to the manually activated pressure

regulator. Air conditioning units to be provided separately. The output of the
regulator supplies the pneumatically actuated pressure control valve with
regulated air.

Function:

It provides the same functionality as the standard manual pressure control

valve but allows the operator to change the system pressure without tools.
However, in addition it provides a possibility to remotely control the setting, if
customer provides additional pressure regulator.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-56 Parts

Motor Assembly Parts List

See Figure 9‐31.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, motor, standard —
501 7402299 S Coupling,m24,dan/Normal 1
7402293 S Coupling,M24,DAN/SN1710(SN1710 pumps 1
only)
502 7402295 S Service Kit,Motor,BG06-31/D06LA4TOF 1
503, 531, 532 7403719 S KIT,MOTOR BRACKET,ADJUST,ALTA 1
504 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer,flat,regular,M8 8
505 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer,lock,split,M8 8
506 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw,socket,M8 X 25 3
507 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCR,SKT,M8X30,BL 3
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Cable assembly, motor 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Harness, internal 1
NS: Not Shown

Figure 9-31 Motor assembly parts (four‐pump melter shown)

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-57

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-58 Parts

Electrical Enclosure Panel Assemblies

The electrical enclosure panel assembly parts vary depending on the size of
the melter: one/two‐pump, three/four‐pump. Refer to the correct parts lists for
your melter.

400V Melter Left Panel

See Figure 9‐32.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel Assembly,LH, with LK,400V, Touch —
1 ­­­­­­­­ S PANEL,LEFT,OUTSIDE,ELECT CAB 1
2 7401321 S Service Kit, Filter, Fan, Electrical Cabinet 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S STOCK WIREWAY 25X65 ALTABLUE 0.18
4 ­­­­­­­­ S WASHER,FLT,M,REG,M3,ZINC PLATE 9
5 ­­­­­­­­ S WASHER,LK,M,SPT,M3,STL,ZN 9
6 ­­­­­­­­ S NUT,ACORN,M3,STL,ZN 9
7 ­­­­­­­­ S PANEL,LEFT,INSIDE,ELECT CAB,TOUCH 1
8 ­­­­­­­­ S RAIL,DIN 35mm×7.5mm 0.28
9 ­­­­­­­­ S HEXNUT,FLANGED,SERRATED,M5 4
10 ­­­­­­­­ S STOCK WIREWAY 25X65 ALTABLUE 0.22
11 ­­­­­­­­ S SPACER SLEEVE, ALTABLUE 5
12 ­­­­­­­­ S HEXNUT,FLANGED,SERRATED,M6 5
13 ­­­­­­­­ S TB ASSY,MAIN POWER,240V,PLC AB 1 C
­­­­­­­­ S TB ASSY,MAIN POWER,400V,PLC AB 1 D
14 ­­­­­­­­ S STOCK WIREWAY 45X65 ALTABLUE 0.28
15 ­­­­­­­­ S STOCK WIREWAY 45X65 ALTABLUE 0.2
16 318248 S Circuit breaker 63A 3-pole FAZ-B63/3 1 A
7104855 S Molded case 90A 3-pole,UL489 1 B
17 7403435 S MAIN CONTACTER DILM50C 1 A
7403071 S MAIN CONTACTER DILM80C 1 B
18 ­­­­­­­­ S RC suppressor, 110#250 VAC 1
19 7400369 S LOCKOUT SWITCH 63A 3POLE 600V 1 E
20 252794 S Main switch 3x63A RD/YE 1 A
7400378 S Main switch, 100 A, 3 pole 1 B
NOTE A: 400V WYE melter or 240V Delta 2 pump melter
B: 240V Dela 4 pump melter
C: 240V Delta melter
D: 400V WYE melter
E: Motion switch

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-59

Figure 9-32 Left panel assembly parts (400V melter shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-60 Parts

One/Two‐Pump Melter 2 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back

Panel Parts List
See Figure 9‐33.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 1
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7410469 S MITSUBISHI PLC,CPU,48MT/ESS 1
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 457992 S Circuit breaker 10A 1-pole FAZ-C10/1 1
9 7400072 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 2
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
12 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, FLT, M, Narrow, M6, STL, ZN 4
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
16 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐2 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐2 B
AB PLC
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 10
18 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: One piece for single pump melter and two pieces for two pump melter.
B: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-61

Figure 9-33 One/two-pump melter 2 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-62 Parts

One/Two‐Pump Melter 4 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back

Panel Parts List
See Figure 9‐34.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 2
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7410469 S MITSUBISHI PLC,CPU,48MT/ESS 1
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 457992 S Circuit breaker 10A 1-pole FAZ-C10/1 1
9 7400072 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 4
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 2
12 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1
13 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 8
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
16 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐2 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐2 B
AB PLC
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 8
18 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: One piece for single pump melter and two pieces for two pump melter.
B: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-63

Figure 9-34 One/two‐pump melter 4 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-64 Parts

One/Two-Pump 6 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel

Parts List
See Figure 9‐35.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 3
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 457992 S Circuit breaker 10A 1-pole FAZ-C10/1 1
9 7400072 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 6
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
12 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1
13 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 12
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
16 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐2 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐2 B
AB PLC
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 6
18 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: One piece for single pump melter and two pieces for two pump melter.
B: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-65

Figure 9-35 One/two-pump 6 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-66 Parts

Three/Four­Pump 2 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel

Parts List
See Figure 9‐36.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 2
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
8 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
10 457992 S Circuit breaker 10A 1-Pole FAZ-C10/1 1
11 7400072 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 4
12 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
14 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1‐2 B
15 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 8
16 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
18 7400318 S SERVICE KIT,MOTOR CONTROL,ATLTBLUE 1‐4 A
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐4 C
AB PLC
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 15
20 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: Each pump needs a motor drive controller.
B: First circuit breaker is for ½ pump melter. Second circuit breaker is for ¾ pump melter.
C: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-67

Figure 9-36 Three/four­pump 2 hose/applicator (400V) back panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-68 Parts

Three/Four­Pump 4 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel

Parts List
See Figure 9‐37.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 3
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
8 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
10 457992 S Circuit breaker 10A 1-pole FAZ-C10/1 1
11 7400072 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 6
12 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
14 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1‐2 B
15 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 12
16 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
18 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐4 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐4 C
AB PLC
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 12
20 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: Each pump needs a motor drive controller.
B: First circuit breaker is for ½ pump melter. Second circuit breaker is for ¾ pump melter.
C: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-69

Figure 9-37 Three/four­pump 4 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-70 Parts

Three/Four­Pump 6 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel

Parts List
See Figure 9‐38.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 3
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
8 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETHERNET CARD 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,GROUND,1.5MMSQ,4P,PT 1
10 457992 S Circuit breaker 10A 1-pole FAZ-C10/1 1
11 7400072 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 6
12 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
14 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1‐2 B
15 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 12
16 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
18 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐4 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐4 C
AB PLC
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 12
20 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: Each pump needs a motor drive controller.
B: First circuit breaker is for ½ pump melter. Second circuit breaker is for ¾ pump melter.
C: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-71

Figure 9-38 Three/four­pump 6 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-72 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump 8 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel

Parts List
See Figure 9‐39.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 4
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409211 S SERVICE KIT,MITSUBISHI PLC,CPU, 1
64MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
8 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
10 457992 S Circuit breaker 10A 1-pole FAZ-C10/1 1
11 7400072 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 8
12 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,12 MODULE 1
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 2
14 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1‐2 B
15 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 16
16 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
18 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐4 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐4 C
AB PLC
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 10
20 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: Each pump needs a motor drive controller.
B: First circuit breaker is for ½ pump melter. Second circuit breaker is for ¾ pump melter.
C: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-73

Figure 9-39 Three/four­pump 8 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-74 Parts

Back Panel (240V, 2D, 2H/G) Parts List

See Figure 9‐40.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 1
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 254251 S Circuit breaker 10A 2-pole FAZ-C10/2 1
9 7400321 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 2-POLE 2
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 2
12 7131129 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/2 1
13 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 4
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
16 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐2 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐2 B
AB PLC
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 6
18 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: One piece for single pump melter and two pieces for two pump melter.
B: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-75

Figure 9-40 Back panel (240V, 2D, 2H/G) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-76 Parts

Back Panel (240V, 2D, 4H/G) Parts List

See Figure 9‐41.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 2
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 254251 S Circuit breaker 10A 2-pole FAZ-C10/2 1
9 7400321 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 2-POLE 4
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,12 MODULE 1
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 4
12 7131129 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/2 1
13 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 8
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
16 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐2 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐2 B
AB PLC
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 5
18 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: One piece for single pump melter and two pieces for two pump melter.
B: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-77

Figure 9-41 Back panel (240V, 2D, 4H/G) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-78 Parts

Back Panel (240V, 2D, 6H/G) Parts List

See Figure 9‐42.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 3
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 457992 S Circuit breaker 10A 1-pole FAZ-C10/1 1
9 7400072 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 6
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
12 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1
13 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 12
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
16 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐2 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐2 B
AB PLC
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 3
18 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: One piece for single pump melter and two pieces for two pump melter.
B: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-79

Figure 9-42 Back panel (240V, 2D, 6H/G) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-80 Parts

Back Panel (240V, 4D, 2H/G) Parts List

See Figure 9‐43.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 1
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
8 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Circuit breaker 10A 2-pole FAZ-C10/2 1
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 2-POLE 2
12 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 2
14 7131129 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/2 1‐2 B
15 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 4
16 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
18 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐4 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐4 C
AB PLC
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 12
20 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: Each pump needs a motor drive controller.
B: First circuit breaker is for ½ pump melter. Second circuit breaker is for ¾ pump melter.
C: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-81

Figure 9-43 Back panel (240V, 4D, 2H/G) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-82 Parts

Back Panel (240V, 4D, 4H/G) Parts List

See Figure 9‐44.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 2
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
8 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Circuit breaker 10A 2-pole FAZ-C10/2 1
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 2-POLE 4
12 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,12 MODULE 1
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 4
14 7131129 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/2 1‐2 B
15 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 8
16 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
18 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐4 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐4 C
AB PLC
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 14
20 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: Each pump needs a motor drive controller.
B: First circuit breaker is for ½ pump melter. Second circuit breaker is for ¾ pump melter.
C: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-83

Figure 9-44 Back panel (240V, 4D, 4H/G) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-84 Parts

Back Panel (240V, 4D, 6H/G) Parts List

See Figure 9‐45.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 3
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409212 S SERVICE KIT, MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 1
48MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
8 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Circuit breaker 10A 1-pole FAZ-C10/1 1
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 6
12 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
14 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1‐2 B
15 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 12
16 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
18 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐4 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐4 C
AB PLC
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 12
20 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: Each pump needs a motor drive controller.
B: First circuit breaker is for ½ pump melter. Second circuit breaker is for ¾ pump melter.
C: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-85

Figure 9-45 Back panel (240V, 4D, 6H/G) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-86 Parts

Back Panel (240V, 4D, 8H/G) Parts List

See Figure 9‐46.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,BACK,2D,PLC 1
2 7410755 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,4 RTD,PT 4
3 7410756 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ADAPT 1
4 7409211 S SERVICE KIT,MITSUBISHI PLC,CPU, 1
64MT/ESS
5 7410754 S MITSUBISHI PLC,PT MODULE,2 RTD,PT 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
8 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
10 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Circuit breaker 10A 1-pole FAZ-C10/1 1
11 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 8
12 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,12 MODULE 1
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 2
14 7407156 S CIRCUIT BREAKER,16A,1 POLE,FAZ-D16/1 1‐2 B
15 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15A 16
16 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TERMINAL BLOCK,W/FUSE,5x20,PT 3
17 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S FUSE,TIME-LAG,2A,5X20MM,CERAM 3
18 7400318 S SERVICE KIT, MOTOR CONTROL, 1‐4 A
ALTABLUE
7409035 S SERVICE KIT, SERVO MOTOR DRIVE, 1‐4 C
AB PLC
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 10
20 7104924 S Relay coupler 24VDC 1
NOTE A: Each pump needs a motor drive controller.
B: First circuit breaker is for ½ pump melter. Second circuit breaker is for ¾ pump melter.
C: For Servo motor.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-87

Figure 9-46 Back panel (240V, 4D, 8H/G) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-88 Parts

Right Panel (2D, 240V, 15/30L) Parts List

See Figure 9‐47.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,RH,ALTA 1
2 7410470 S MITSUBISHI EXTENSION CABLE,300MM 1
3 7410471 S MITSUBISHI CONNECTOR,EXTENSION 1
CABLE
4 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
5 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
6 7410752 S MITSUBISHI PLC,D/A MODULE,4 AO 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,32A 2-POLE 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 2-POLE 2
10 7403526 S 24VDC POWER SUPPLY,150W 1
11 7400070 S SOLID STATE RELAY,100-260VAC,35A, 1
DC TRIG
12 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15AS 2
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,24VDC,PLC AB 1
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,I/O & GND,PLC AB 1
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 3
16 7401320 S SERVICE KIT, FAN,240VAC,170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S SERVICE KIT, FILTER,FAN,ELECT. CAB 1
18 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCREW, SHCS M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,COVER,FILTER 1
20 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S RAIL,DIN 35mm×7.5mm 0.21
21 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S HEXNUT,FLANGED,SERRATED,M5 2
22 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ASSY,I/O,PLC AB 1
23 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CONNECTOR HOUSING,BASE,32 PIN, 1
W/COVER

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-89

Figure 9-47 Right panel (2D, 240V, 15/30L) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-90 Parts

Right Panel (2D, 240V, 50L) Parts List

See Figure 9‐48.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,RH,ALTA 1
2 7410470 S MITSUBISHI EXTENSION CABLE,300MM 1
3 7410471 S MITSUBISHI CONNECTOR,EXTENSION 1
CABLE
4 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
5 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
6 7407908 S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,12 MODULE 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 4
8 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,32A 2-POLE 2
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 2-POLE 2
10 7403526 S 24VDC POWER SUPPLY,150W 1
11 7400070 S SOLID STATE RELAY,100-260VAC,35A, 2
DC TRIG
12 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15AS 2
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,24VDC,PLC AB 1
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,I/O & GND,PLC AB 1
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 3
16 7401320 S SERVICE KIT, FAN,240VAC,170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S SERVICE KIT, FILTER,FAN,ELECT. CAB 1
18 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCREW, SHCS M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,COVER,FILTER 1
20 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S RAIL,DIN 35mm×7.5mm 0.21
21 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S HEXNUT,FLANGED,SERRATED,M5 2
22 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ASSY,I/O,PLC AB 1
23 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CONNECTOR HOUSING,BASE,32 PIN, 1
W/COVER

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-91

Figure 9-48 Right panel (2D, 240V, 50L) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-92 Parts

Right Panel (2D, 400V, 15/30L) Parts List

See Figure 9‐49.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,RH,ALTA 1
2 7410470 S MITSUBISHI EXTENSION CABLE,300MM 1
3 7410471 S MITSUBISHI CONNECTOR,EXTENSION 1
CABLE
4 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
5 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
6 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,32A 1-POLE 1
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 2
10 7403526 S 24VDC POWER SUPPLY,150W 1
11 7400070 S SOLID STATE RELAY,100-260VAC,35A, 1
DC TRIG
12 207396 S Solid-state relay G3PE 100-260V MAX. 15AS 2
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,24VDC,PLC AB 1
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,I/O & GND,PLC AB 1
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 4
16 7401320 S SERVICE KIT, FAN, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S SERVICE KIT, FILTER, FAN, ELECT. CAB 1
18 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCREW, SHCS M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,COVER,FILTER 1
20 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S RAIL,DIN 35mm×7.5mm 0.21
21 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S HEXNUT,FLANGED,SERRATED,M5 2
22 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ASSY,I/O,PLC AB 1
23 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CONNECTOR HOUSING,BASE,32 PIN, 1
W/COVER

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-93

Figure 9-49 Right panel (2D, 400V, 15/30L) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-94 Parts

Right Panel (2D, 400V, 50L) Parts List

See Figure 9‐50.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,RH,ALTA 1
2 7410470 S MITSUBISHI EXTENSION CABLE,300MM 1
3 7410471 S MITSUBISHI CONNECTOR,EXTENSION 1
CABLE
4 7410753 S MITSUBISHI PLC,A/D MODULE,4 AI 1
5 7410757 S MITSUBISHI PLC,ETNERNET CARD 1
6 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 2
8 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,32A 1-POLE 2
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 2
10 7403526 S 24VDC POWER SUPPLY,150W 1
11 7400070 S SOLID STATE RELAY,100-260VAC,35A, 2
DC TRIG
12 207396 S SOLID-STATE RELAY G3PE 100-260V MAX. 2
15AS
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,24VDC,PLC AB 1
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,I/O & GND,PLC AB 1
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 6
16 7401320 S SERVICE KIT, FAN, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S SERVICE KIT, FILTER, FAN, ELECT. CAB 1
18 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCREW, SHCS M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,COVER,FILTER 1
20 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S RAIL,DIN 35mm×7.5mm 0.21
21 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S HEXNUT,FLANGED,SERRATED,M5 2
22 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ASSY,I/O,PLC AB 1
23 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CONNECTOR HOUSING,BASE,32 PIN, 1
W/COVER

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-95

Figure 9‐50 Right panel (2D, 400V,50L) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-96 Parts

Right Panel (4D, 240V, 30/50L) Parts List

See Figure 9‐51.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,RH,ALTA 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
3 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
6 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,12 MODULE 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 2
8 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,32A 2-POLE 2
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 2-POLE 3
10 7403526 S 24VDC POWER SUPPLY,150W 1
11 7400070 S SOLID STATE RELAY,100-260VAC,35A, 2
DC TRIG
12 207396 S SOLID-STATE RELAY G3PE 100-260V MAX. 3
15AS
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,24VDC,PLC AB 1
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,I/O & GND,PLC AB 1
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 4
16 7401230 S SERVICE KIT, FAN, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401231 S SERVICE KIT, FILTER, FAN, ELECT. CAB 1
18 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCREW, SHCS M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,COVER,FILTER 1
20 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
21 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
22 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ASSY,I/O,PLC AB 1
23 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CONNECTOR HOUSING,BASE,32 PIN, 1
W/COVER

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-97

Figure 9-51 Right panel (4D,240V,30/50L) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-98 Parts

Right Panel (4D, 240V, 100L) Parts List

See Figure 9‐52.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,RH,ALTA 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
3 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
6 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,12 MODULE 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,32A 2-POLE 2
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 2-POLE 4
10 7403526 S 24VDC POWER SUPPLY,150W 1
11 7400070 S SOLID STATE RELAY,100-260VAC,35A, 2
DC TRIG
12 207396 S SOLID-STATE RELAY G3PE 100-260V MAX. 4
15AS
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,24VDC,PLC AB 1
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,I/O & GND,PLC AB 1
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 1
16 7401320 S SERVICE KIT, FAN, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S SERVICE KIT, FILTER, FAN, ELECT. CAB 1
18 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCREW, SHCS M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,COVER,FILTER 1
20 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
21 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
22 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ASSY,I/O,PLC AB 1
23 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CONNECTOR HOUSING,BASE,32 PIN, 1
W/COVER

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-99

Figure 9-52 Right panel (4D,240V,100L) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-100 Parts

Right Panel (4D, 400V, 30/50L) Parts List

See Figure 9‐53.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,RH,ALTA 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
3 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
6 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
8 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,32A 1-POLE 2
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 4
10 7403526 S 24VDC POWER SUPPLY,150W 1
11 7400070 S SOLID STATE RELAY,100-260VAC,35A, 2
DC TRIG
12 207396 S SOLID-STATE RELAY G3PE 100-260V MAX. 4
15AS
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,24VDC,PLC AB 1
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,I/O & GND,PLC AB 1
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 6
16 7401320 S SERVICE KIT, FAN, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S SERVICE KIT, FILTER, FAN, ELECT. CAB 1
18 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCREW, SHCS M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,COVER,FILTER 1
20 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
21 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
22 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ASSY,I/O,PLC AB 1
23 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CONNECTOR HOUSING,BASE,32 PIN, 1
W/COVER

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-101

Figure 9-53 Right panel (4D,400V,30/50L) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-102 Parts

Right Panel (4D, 400V, 100L) Parts List

See Figure 9‐54.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY,RH,ALTA 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
3 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
6 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BUSBAR,L1-L2-L3,6 MODULE 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WARNING COVER,BUSBAR 1
8 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,32A 1-POLE 2
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CIRCUIT BREAKER,13A 1-POLE 3
10 7403526 S 24VDC POWER SUPPLY,150W 1
11 7400070 S SOLID STATE RELAY,100-260VAC,35A, 2
DC TRIG
12 207396 S SOLID-STATE RELAY G3PE 100-260V MAX. 3
15AS
13 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,24VDC,PLC AB 1
14 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TB,ASSY,I/O & GND,PLC AB 1
15 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,END,DIN RAIL,ASIC 6
16 7401320 S SERVICE KIT, FAN, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S SERVICE KIT, FILTER, FAN, ELECT. CAB 1
18 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCREW, SHCS M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,COVER,FILTER 1
20 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
21 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ —
22 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ASSY,I/O,PLC AB 1
23 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S CONNECTOR HOUSING,BASE,32 PIN, 1
W/COVER

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-103

Figure 9-54 Right panel (4D,400V,100L) parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-104 Parts

One/Two‐Pump Melter Bottom Panel Parts List

See Figure 9‐55.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,BOTTOM,ELECT CAB,2D,TOUCH 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S GROMMET RUBBER ID32 7
3 7403716 S EMI FILTER,500VAC,100A,3P+PE 1 A
7403616 S EMI FILTER,500VAC,60A3P+N+PE 1 B
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TAG,NAMEPLATE,PLC AB 1
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TAG,WARNING,HIGH LEAKAGE CURRENT 1
NOTE A: For 240V Delta melter.
B: For 400V WYE melter.

Figure 9-55 One/two‐pump melter bottom panel assembly parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-105

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Bottom Panel Parts

See Figure 9‐56.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,BOTTOM,ELECT CAB,4D,TOUCH 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S GROMMET RUBBER ID32 9
3 7403716 S EMI FILTER,500VAC,100A,3P+PE 1 A
7403616 S EMI FILTER,500VAC,60A3P+N+PE 1 B
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TAG,NAMEPLATE,PLC AB 1
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TAG,WARNING,HIGH LEAKAGE CURRENT 1
NOTE A: For 240V Delta melter.
B: For 400V WYE melter.

Figure 9-56 Three/four‐pump and 100L melter bottom panel assembly parts (400V melter shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-106 Parts

RPM Parts List

See Figure 9‐57.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ASSEMBLY,RPM —
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,PROXIMITY,AC MOTOR 1
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,PROXIMITY,SERVO MOTOR 1
1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,PROXIMITY,AC MOTOR,1710 1 For 1710
pump only
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S BRACKET,PROXIMITY,SERVO MOTOR,1710 1 For 1710
pump only
2 7411212 S SENSOR,PROXIMITY,SPX305P/HT 1
3 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ENCODER DISK 1
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S ENCODER DISK,1710 1 For 1710
pump only
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCR,SKT,M3X16,ZN 2
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S NUT,HEX,M3,W/EXT TOOTH,WSHR 2

2X 4 1
2
2X 5
3

Figure 9-57 RPM parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-107

Control Panel Assembly

See Figure 9‐58.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,ASSY,CONTROL,2D,PLC 1 A
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S PANEL,ASSY,CONTROL,4D/100L,PLC 1 B
2 7409210 S SERVICE KIT,HMI,8.4”,AB PLC 1
3 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TAG,DISPLAY,PLC 1
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SWITCH,EMERGENCY,1NO,1NC 1
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S TAG,EMERGENCY STOP,22MM, 1
BUTTON,SWITCH
6 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S MOUNT,SADDLE TIE, DIA.6 2
7 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S NUT,HEX,M5,STL,ZN 2
8 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S WASHER,FLT,M,REG,M5,STL,ZN 2
9 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S MOUNT,CABLE TIE,SCR-DOWN,MED 5
NOTE A: For 2 pump platform melter.
B: For 4 pump platform melter.

Figure 9-58 Control panel assembly parts (two­pump melter shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-108 Parts

Sensor Assembly
See Figure 9‐59. The sensors on your melter may be one of two types:
120‐ohm nickel or 100‐ohm platinum.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

7403511 HOSE CONNECT ASSEMBLY,PT,4H/G,2D, 1
TOUCH
7403512 HOSE CONNECT ASSEMBLY,PT,6H/G,2D, 1
TOUCH
0801 7403513 HOSE CONNECT ASSEMBLY,PT,2H/G,100L, 1
TOUCH
7403514 HOSE CONNECT ASSEMBLY,PT,4H/G,4D/100L, 1
TOUCH
7403515 HOSE CONNECT ASSEMBLY,PT,6H/G,4D/100L, 1
TOUCH
7403516 HOSE CONNECT ASSEMBLY,PT,8H/G,4D/100L, 1
TOUCH
0802 162506 SENSOR,RTD,100 OHM,PLT,18FTLG 1
0803 7400281 RTD ASSY,PT100,RESERVIOR,ALTABLUE 1
0804 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ WASHER,FLT,M,REG,M6,STL,ZN 8
0805 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ WASHER,LK,M,SPT,M6,STL,ZN 8
0806 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ NUT,HEX,M6,STL,ZN 8
0807 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ PANEL,COVER,MANIFOLD,2D 2
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ PANEL COVER MANIFOLD 4D 2
0808 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ WASHER,FLT,M,REG,M3,ZINC PLATE 8
0809 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ WASHER,LK,M,SPT,M3,STL,ZN 8
0810 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ SCR,PAN,SLT,M3X6,ZN 8
0811 7410821 HARNESS,H/G 1/2,240V,2D,PLC AB 1 A
7410497 HARNESS,H/G 1/2,400V,4D,PLC AB 1 A
0812 7410822 HARNESS,H/G 3/4,240V,2D,PLC AB 1 A
7410498 HARNESS,H/G 3/4,400V,4D,PLC AB 1 A
0813 7410823 HARNESS,H/G 5/6,240V,2D,PLC AB 1 A
7410499 HARNESS,H/G 5/6,400V,4D,PLC AB 1 A
0814 7410500 HARNESS,H/G 7/8,400V,4D,PLC AB 1 A
NOTE A: Not shown on the drawing.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-109

803

801

2X 807

4X 804 805 806

802 4X 804 805 806

Figure 9‐59 Sensor assembly parts (four‐pump 100‐ohm platinum melter shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-110 Parts

Low Level Assembly

See Figure 9‐60.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 1079477 Low level indication, 15/30L, one/two pump —
— 1079478 Low level indication, 50L, one/two pump —
— 1079476 Low level indication, 30/50L, three/four pump —
1201 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Wire harness, low level 1
1202 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Low level assembly, 169 mm 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Cable tie, 4 in., 302 degrees F 5
NS: Not Shown

1202
1201

ROUTE WIRE FROM SWITCH

ASSEMBLY BETWEEN THE GASCKET
HOPPER GASKET AND TOP COVER.

Figure 9-60 Low level assembly parts

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-111

Optional Accessories
To optimize the use of your system, Nordson Corporation recommends these
optional accessories.

Pressure Indication

Part Description Note

1030537 Kit, gauge, analog pressure, 1500 psi

Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve

Part Description Note

1079939 Kit, pressure control valve, pneumatic
NOTE: Refer to Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Parts earlier in this section for a parts list and
illustration.

Line‐Speed Signal Generator

To use the gear‐to‐line capability of the melter, you must install a device that
measures the speed of the production line. The default type of line‐speed
signal input is 0-10 VDC, although other inputs can be accepted. Nordson
Corporation offers the following 0-10 VDC generator.

Part Description Note

119560 Generator, 0-10 VDC, with bracket and cable

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-112 Parts

Optional Fittings
See Figure 9‐61. These fittings can be used at the melter end of a hose.

Fitting Fitting Size, Fitting Size,

Hose Size Fitting Type
PartNumber Melter Side HoseSide
7400333 Straight M16 x 1.5 9/ ‐18 JIC
16
8‐mm 7400337 45‐degree M16 x 1.5 9/ ‐18 JIC
16
7400335 90‐degree M16 x 1.5 9/ ‐18 JIC
16
7401279 Straight M16 x 1.5 3/ ‐16 JIC
4
12‐mm 7401278 45‐degree M16 x 1.5 3/ ‐16 JIC
4
7401277 90‐degree M16 x 1.5 3/ ‐16 JIC
4
7400334 Straight M22 x 1.5 11/16 JIC
16‐mm (see Note) 7400338 45‐degree M22 x 1.5 11/16 JIC
7400336 90‐degree M22 x 1.5 11/16 JIC

1 3
2
Figure 9-61 Typical non‐swivel fittings

1. Straight fitting 2. 45_ fitting 3. 90_ fitting

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-113

Recommended Spare Parts

Table 9‐1 Recommended Spare Parts

P/N Description
All Melters
7402299 Coupling, M24, DAN/Normal (except for melters with pump SN1710)
7402293 Coupling, M24, DAN/SN1710 (melters with pump SN1710 only)
7400298 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 11.65 (one/two pump melter 30/50L hopper)
7400876 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 500W, 1/2 X6.38 (one/two pump melter 15L hoppers and
three/four pump melter 30L hoppers)
7400875 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 750W, 1/2 x11.85 (three/four pump melter 50L hoppers)
7400297 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 13.75 (all melter manifolds)
7400569 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 400W, 1/2 X 13.75 (one/two pump melter reservoirs)
7410952 RELAY,DC24V,MY-GS,2P,W/LED
777630 BASE, RELAY (OMRON)
7401321 Service Kit, Filter, Fan, Electrical Cabinet
7401320 Service Kit, Fan, 240VAC, 170 CFM
207396 Solid State Relay, 100-260VAC, 15A, DC Trigger
7400070 Solid State Relay, 100-260VAC, 35A, DC Trigger
207932 Safety valve, 85 bar, VB/DB
7400299 Service Kit, O-ring, Viton, 45 X 2
7400300 Service Kit, O-ring, Viton, 26 X 2
1058990 CordStock, 3 MM OD, Viton, 75D
7400134 Gasket, Hopper, 15L (one/two pump melters)
7400135 Gasket, Hopper, 30/50L, ALTA
7400326 Gasket, 50L, Hopper, 4D
7400327 Gasket, 30L, Hopper, 4D
7402295 Service Kit, Motor, BG06‐31/D06LA4TOF
7403311 Service kit, LCD module
7403318 Service kit, pressure regulator, ARM10
7403274 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 15L, 2D
7403275 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 30L, 2D
7403276 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 50L, 2D
7403277 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 30L, 4D
7403278 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 50L, 4D
7403281 SERVICE KIT, INSULATION, HOPPER, 15L, W/R, 2D
7403282 SERVICE KIT, INSULATION, HOPPER, 30L, W/R, 2D
7403283 SERVICE KIT, INSULATION, HOPPER, 50L, W/R, 2D
7403284 SERVICE KIT, INSULATION, HOPPER, 30L, W/R, 4D
7403285 SERVICE KIT, INSULATION, HOPPER, 50L, W/R, 4D
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-114 Parts

Recommended Spare Parts (contd)

P/N Description
All Melters
7402922 SERVICE KIT, HINGE, LID, ALTABLUE
7403095 KIT, CHANGE NORMAL PUMP TO SN1710
7403096 KIT, CHANGE SN1710 TO NORMAL PUMP
7410750 MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 64MT/ESS
7410754 MITSUBISHI PLC,CPU, PT MODULE, 2 RTD, PT
7410752 MITSUBISHI PLC, D/A MODULE, 4 AO
7410753 MITSUBISHI PLC, A/D MODULE, 4 AI
7410757 MITSUBISHI PLC, ETHERNET CARD
7410470 MITSUBISHI EXTENSION CABLE, 300MM
7410471 MITSUBISHI CONNECTOR, EXTENSION CABLE
7411332 HUB, SPORTS, 24VDC
7410469 MITSUBISHI PLC, CPU, 48MT/ESS
7410762 SERVO MOTOR DRIVE
7410763 POWER CABLE, SERVO MOTOR
7410764 ENCODER CABLE, SERVO MOTOR
7410938 SERVO MOTOR, 40W, HG‐KR43
7411645 KITS, FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 1‐FOLD
7411646 KITS, FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 2-FOLD
7411647 KITS, FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 3-FOLD
7411648 KITS, FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 4-FOLD
7411649 KITS, FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 5-FOLD
7411650 KITS, FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 6-FOLD
7411651 KITS, FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 7-FOLD
7411652 KITS, FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 8-FOLD
7411653 KITS, MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV, 1‐FOLD
7411654 KITS, MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV, 2‐FOLD
7411655 KITS, MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV, 3‐FOLD
7411656 KITS, MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV, 4‐FOLD
7411657 KITS, MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV, 5‐FOLD
7411658 KITS, MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV, 6‐FOLD
7411659 KITS, MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV, 7‐FOLD
7411660 KITS, MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV, 8‐FOLD
7411661 SERVICE KIT, LID, ABP, 2D 15L/4D 30L
7411662 SERVICE KIT, LID, ABP, 2D 30L&50L/4D 50L

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-115

Recommended Pump Spare Parts

Select Based on Specific Melter Configuration

One/Two‐Pump Melters, 240 VAC
7403435 MAIN CONTACTER DILM50C
318248 Circuit breaker, 63 A, 3‐pole
7400320 Circuit breaker, 32 A, 2‐pole
7400321 Circuit breaker, 13 A, 2‐pole
7400322 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 2‐pole
7400323 Circuit breaker, 2 A, 2‐pole
256141 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 3‐pole, inductive load
One/Two‐Pump Melters, 400 and 480 VAC
7403435 MAIN CONTACTOR, DILM50C
318248 Circuit breaker, 63 A, 3‐pole
7400071 Circuit breaker, 32 A, 1‐pole
7400072 Circuit breaker, 13 A, 1‐pole
251364 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 1‐pole, inductive load
256227 Circuit breaker, 2 A, 1-pole
256141 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 3‐pole inductive load
Three/Four‐Pump and 100L Melters, 240 VAC
7403071 MAIN CONTACTOR, DILM80C
7104855 Circuit breaker, 90 A, 3‐pole, UL489
7400320 Circuit breaker, 32 A, 2‐pole
7400321 Circuit breaker, 13 A, 2‐pole
7400322 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 2‐pole
7400323 Circuit breaker, 2 A, 2‐pole
256141 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 3‐pole, inductive load
Three/Four‐Pump and 100L Melters, 400 and 480 VAC
7403435 MAIN CONTACTOR, DILM50C
318248 Circuit breaker, 63 A, 3‐pole
7400071 Circuit breaker, 32 A, 1‐pole
7400072 Circuit breaker, 13 A, 1‐pole
251364 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 1‐pole, inductive load
256227 Circuit breaker, 2 A, 1-pole
256141 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 3‐pole, inductive load
Pt100 Melters
7400281 RTD assembly, reservoir, PT100
7400280 RTD assembly, tank, PT100

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

9-116 Parts

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Technical Data 10-1

Section 10

Technical Data
General Data
Storage temperature - 45° C to + 75 ° C
- 49 ° F to + 167 ° F
Type of heating Cartridge‐type resistance heating elements
Temperature sensor PT100 " 1 ° C
— Measuring precision
Material pressure 5 to 85 bar 0.5 to 8.5 MPa 72.5 to 1233 psi
Melting capacity 1 tank‐full per hour
Degree of protection IP 33
Noise emission <70 dB
Motor type 3 ph AC motor and servo motor
Gear box type Helical gear
Motor/pump speeds 94 rpm
Heatup time <45 min

Temperatures
Min. ambient temperature - 5 °C 23 °F
Max. ambient temperature 40 ° C 104 °F
Humidity 10 to 95 %, not condensing
Min. operating temperature 40 ° C 100 °F
(setpoint)
Max. operating 230 ° C 450 °F
temperatures
Overtemperature shutdown 260 ° C 500 °F
by thermostat

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

10-2 Technical Data

Mechanical Data

One/Two and Three/Four Pump Melters

Item 15L 30L 50L Note
Weight 200 kg (441 lb) One/two pump: One/two pump:
225kg (496 lb) 250 kg (551 lb)
Three/four pump: Three/four pump:
440 kg (970 lb) 472 kg (1,041 lb)
Tank opening 145 x 270 mm 270 x 270 mm 270 x 270 mm
(length and width)
Approximate tank 15 L 30 L 50 L
volume
Number of pumps 1-2 1-2 single‐stream 1-2 single‐stream
(one/two‐pump single‐stream 1-2 dual‐stream 1-2 dual‐stream
melter) 1-2 dual‐stream
Number of pumps Not applicable 2 single‐stream 2 single‐stream A
(one/two‐pump 2 dual‐stream 2 dual‐stream
melter)
Number of pumps 3-4 single‐stream or 3-4 single‐stream or
(three/four‐pump dual-stream pumps dual-stream pumps
melter)
Number of hose One single‐stream manifold: 7 connections
connections Two single‐stream manifolds: 3 connections per pump stream
Dual‐stream manifold: 2 connections per pump stream
NOTE A: Only for 2 pumps with 8 hose/applicator.

Electrical Schematics
Refer to the electrical schematics provided with the melter.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Technical Data 10-3

Hydraulic Schematic

TCS
ADHESIVE

HOPPER

GRID

PUMP PUMP
MOTOR MOTOR
CONTROL CONTROL
GEAR GEAR
MOTOR MOTOR

PRV PRV
DRAIN
VALVE
ÉÉÉ
FILTER
ÉÉÉ
FILTER DRAIN
VALVE

ÉÉÉ ÉÉÉ
CV CV

Figure 10-1 Hydraulic system schematic

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

10-4 Technical Data

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-1

Appendix A

Calculating Melter Power Requirements

(Including Heater Specifications)
Before locating the melter on the production floor or attaching hoses and
applicators to the melter, you must calculate the electrical power required by
the hoses and applicators and confirm that the required power does not
exceed maximum allowable wattages. Properly calculating melter power
requirements will prevent damage to the melter and identify the maximum
allowable distance between the melter and the point at which the hot melt is
dispensed.

The following three maximum wattages must be considered when calculating

melter power requirements.

S Single‐component maximum—The wattage of any single hose or

applicator
S Hose/applicator pair maximum—The combined wattage of any
hose and applicator (hose/applicator pair)
S Two hose/applicator pair maximum—The combined wattage of
hose/applicator pairs 1 and 2 or hose/applicators pairs 3 and 4
If your Nordson representative has already calculated the hose/applicator
power requirements and confirmed that the maximum allowable wattages will
not be exceeded, then no further calculation is necessary. However, you
should re‐evaluate the hose and applicator power requirements before you:

S Add a new hose or applicator to the melter that was not factored into
the original wattage evaluation
S Replace an existing hose with a longer hose or an existing applicator
with a larger applicator

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-2 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Maximum Allowable Hose/Applicator Wattages

Table A‐1 Maximum Allowable Hose/Applicator Wattages
(Eight Hose/Applicator Melters)
Component Maximum Wattage
Any single hose, or gun 1 or 2
Any single hose, or gun 3 or 4
Any single hose, or gun 5 or 6 2000W
Any single hose, or gun 7 or 7
Hose/gun pair 1 or 2
Hose/gun pair 3 or 4
2000W
Hose/gun pair 5 or 6
Hose/gun pair 7 or 8
Sum of hose/gun pairs 1 and 2
Sum of hose/gun pairs 3 and 4
4000W
Sum of hose/gun pairs 5 and 6
Sum of hose/gun pairs 7 and 8
NOTE: Total external wattage must not exceed 16,000W.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-3

Power Calculations
Table A-2 Power Calculations (400V WYE)
SIZE H/G PUMP MOTOR POWER STAMPING

15L 2D 2 motor 10304 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 22A

1 motor 9781 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 20A
30L 2 motor 11407 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 23A
2 H/G
1 motor 10883 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 23A
50L 2 motor 14345 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 36A
1 motor 13822 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 36A
15L 2D 2 motor 13978 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 30A
1 motor 13455 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 28A
30L 2 motor 15080 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 30A
1 motor 14557 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 28A
50L 2 motor 18019 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 36A
4 H/G 1 motor 17496 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 36A
30L 4D 4 motor 20609 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 40A
3 motor 20085 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 40A
50L 4 motor 22675 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 40A
3 motor 22152 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 40A
15L 2D 2 motor 17652 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 30A
1 motor 17128 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 28A
30L 2 motor 18754 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 31A
1 motor 18230 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 31A
50L 6 H/G 2 motor 21693 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 44A
1 motor 21169 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 44A
30L 4D 4 motor 24283 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 40A
3 motor 23759 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 40A
50L 4 motor 26349 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 45A
3 motor 25825 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 45A
30L 2D 2 motor 22427 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 38A
50L 2 motor 25366 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 44A
30L 4D 4 motor 27956 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 48A
8 H/G
3 motor 27433 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 48A
50L 4 motor 30023 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 48A
3 motor 29499 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 HZ 48A

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-4 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Table A-3 Power Calculations (240V Delta)

SIZE H/G PUMP MOTOR POWER STAMPING

15L 2D 2 motor 11220 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 37A

1 motor 10650 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 35A
30L 2 motor 12420 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 41A
2 H/G
1 motor 11850 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 39A
50L 2 motor 15620 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 53A
1 motor 15050 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 51A
15L 2D 2 motor 15220 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 44A
1 motor 14650 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 42A
30L 2 motor 16420 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 48A
1 motor 15850 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 46A
50L 2 motor 19620 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 60A
4 H/G 1 motor 19050 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 58A
30L 4D 4 motor 22440 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 62A
3 motor 21870 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 62A
50L 4 motor 24690 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 70A
3 motor 24120 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 70A
15L 2D 2 motor 19220 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 51A
1 motor 18650 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 49A
30L 2 motor 20420 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 55A
1 motor 19850 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 53A
50L 6 H/G 2 motor 23620 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 67A
1 motor 23050 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 65A
30L 4D 4 motor 26440 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 69A
3 motor 25870 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 69A
50L 4 motor 28690 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 77A
3 motor 28120 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 77A
30L 2D 2 motor 24420 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 63A
50L 2 motor 27620 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 74A
30L 4D 4 motor 30440 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 78A
8 H/G
3 motor 29870 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 76A
50L 4 motor 32690 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 84A
3 motor 32120 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 HZ 84A

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-5

Heater Specifications
Table A-4 Heater Specifications
2 Pump Platform P/N Description QTY. RESISTANCE/EACH
(OHMS)
MIN. MAX.
15L Hopper 7402319 HEATER, 240V 500W, 4 98 115
.50DIA X 6.38LG
Reservoir 7400481 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 123 144
400W, .50DIA X 13.75LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG
30L Hopper 7402317 HEATER, 240V 800W, 4 61 72
.50DIA X 11.65LG
Reservoir 7400481 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 123 144
400W, .50DIA X 13.75LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG
50L Hopper 7402317 HEATER, 240V 800W, 8 61 72
.50DIA X 11.65LG
Reservoir 7400481 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 123 144
400W, .50DIA X 13.75LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG
4 Pump Platform
30L Hopper 7402319 HEATER, 240V 500W, 9 98 115
.50DIA X 6.38LG
Reservoir 7400480 HEATER CARTIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 27.5LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 6 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG
50L Hopper 7402318 HEATER, 240V 750W, 9 65 77
.50DIA X 11.85LG
Reservoir 7400480 HEATER CARTIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 27.5LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 6 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-6 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Ethernet Specifications

Ethernet Network Image

Several melters (AltaBlue PLC) are managed by the customer's PLC
(Host PLC). The host PLC constantly communicates alternately with each
AltaBlue PLC (AB PLC). You can set the IP address and port number on the
touch panel of the AB PLC.

ABPLC 1 Customer’s equipment

Customer PLC
PLC(FX)

ABPLC 2

PLC(FX)

ABPLC 3

ABPLC 8

Figure A-1 Ethernet network image

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-7

Summary of the communication system

The customer's machine acts as the host and actively manages Ethernet
communication. The host is setting is active and the AB PLC setting is
passive on the communication.

The flow of communication is as follows:

S Host opens a connection.

S Host sends data after receiving ACK from AB PLC.
S AB PLC sends data after receiving data from host, and the host receives
the data.
S Host closes a connection.
Next, the host switches over to the next AB PLC and performs the above
action repeatedly.

Figure A-2 Communications system

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-8 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Basic Specification
Item Specification Description
Data transmission speed 10/100Mbps 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Communication mode Half-duplex —
Maximum segment length 100m Length between the hub and
node
Maximum number of Cascade connection maximum —
nodes/connection two stages
Communication method TCP/IP —
(protocol)
Pairing open Pairs —
Fixed buffer communication No procedure —

The following diagram explains each of the transmission specification items.

[Connecting using the 10BASE-T] [Connecting using the 100BASE-TX]

LAN cable : Straight LAN cable : Straight

[Direct connecting]
LAN cable : Cross

Figure A-3 Communications system

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-9

Communications Flow between PLC

Figure A-4 Communications flow between PLC

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-10 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Communications Image on Each Buffer Memory

Figure A-5 Communications image on each buffer memory

NOTE: Primary addresses are used only for length of data.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-11

Ethernet Module Setting (AB PLC : FX series)

Setting name BFM address Default Setting range/selection
(bit number)
IP Address 0~1 C0A801EF D320,D321
(192.168.1.254) (Changeable from touch
panel)
Communication data 24(b1) 0 : Binary code 0 : Binary code
code
TCP Existence 24(b4) 0 : Use Ping 0 : Use Ping
confirmation setting
Send frame setting 24(b5) 0 : Ethernet frame 0 : Ethernet frame
Initial Timing 24(b8) 0 : Do not wait for OPEN 1 : Always wait for
OPEN
(Because of Unpassive)

Initial Settings
All are default settings.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-12 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Open Settings
Connection BFM Description of Setting Default Device Setting
Number Address Range/Option
(Bit
Number)
1 32(b0) Select the usage of the fixed buffer. 0 — 1 : Receive
32(b1) Select whether the continued 0 — 0 : No confirm
existence of a destination station for a
connection should be confirmed or
not.
32(b7) Select whether pairing open is used 0 — 1 : Pairs
or not.
32(b8) Set the communication method 0 — 0 : TCP/IP
(protocol).
32(b9, Select which protocol is used for fixed 0 — 01 : No procedure
b10) buffer communication.
32(b14, Select the connection open system. 00 — 10 : Unpassive
b15) OPEN
40 Set the local station's port number. 0 D323 1025 to 5548 or
5552 to 65534
41~42 Set the IP address of an external 0 — No need (Because
device. of Unpassive)
43 Set the port number of an external 0 — No need (Because
device. of Unpassive)
2 33(b0) Select the usage of the fixed buffer. — 0 : Send
33(b1) Select whether the continued 0 — 0 : No confirm
existence of a destination station for a
connection should be confirmed or
not.
33(b7) Select whether pairing open is used 0 — 0 : No pairs
or not.
33(b8) Set the communication method 0 — 0 : TCP/IP
(protocol).
33(b9, Select which protocol is used for fixed 0 — 01 : No procedure
b10) buffer communication.
33(b14, Select which protocol is used for fixed 00 — 10 : Unpassive
b15) buffer communication. OPEN
47 Set the local station's port number. 0 No need (Because
of Unpassive)
48~49 Set the IP address of an external 0 No need (Because
device. of Unpassive)
50 Set the port number of an external 0 No need (Because
device. of Unpassive)
Connection1 = 1000001010000001 = 8000H
Connection2 = 1000001000000000 = 8200H

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-13

Data Layout Outline (AB PLC : FX series)

Receive Data (Host -> AB PLC)

PLC AB BFM address Data classification
(bit number)
1665~1864 Word data (etc. Zone 1A setting value)
1865~2064 Bit data (etc. Zone 1A enable)

Monitor Data (AB PLC -> Host)

PLC AB BFM address Data classification
(bit number)
2689~2888 Word data (etc. Zone 1A present value)
2889~3088 Bit data (etc. Zone 1A enable)

Receive Data Layout (Host -> AB PLC)

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description
BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
1665 D5020 Hopper Heater temperature 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
setting & Reservoir -
1666 D5021 Reservoir Heater temperature Hopper 15 < (27°F)
setting
1667 D5022 Zone 1A temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1668 D5023 Zone 1B temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1669 D5024 Zone 2A temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1670 D5025 Zone 2B temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1671 D5026 Zone 3A temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1672 D5027 Zone 3B temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1673 D5028 Zone 4A temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1674 D5029 Zone 4B temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1675 D5030 Zone 5A temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1676 D5031 Zone 5B temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1677 D5032 Zone 6A temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1678 D5033 Zone 6B temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1679 D5034 Zone 7A temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1680 D5035 Zone 7B temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1681 D5036 Zone 8A temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)
1682 D5037 Zone 8B temperature setting 40 to 232(°C) or 104 to 450(°F)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-14 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Receive Data Layout (Host -> AB PLC) (contd)

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description
BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
1683 D5040 Motor1 Speed setting Line speed 0-2000 (no decimal)
Not larger than Max Line Speed
setting
1684 D5041 Motor2 Speed setting Line speed 0-2000 (no decimal)
Not larger than Max Line Speed
setting
1685 D5042 Motor3 Speed setting Line speed 0-2000 (no decimal)
Not larger than Max Line Speed
setting
1686 D5043 Motor4 Speed setting Line speed 0-2000 (no decimal)
Not larger than Max Line Speed
setting
1865(bit 0) M800 Master control (Heater) 0:OFF/1:ON
1865(bit 1) M801 Master control (Pump) 0:OFF/1:ON
1865(bit 2) M802 Standby 0:OFF/1:ON
1865(bit 3-15) M803-M815 Spare Spare
1866(bit 0) M816 Hopper/Reservoir heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 1) M817 Zone 1A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 2) M818 Zone 1B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 3) M819 Zone 2A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 4) M820 Zone 2B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 5) M821 Zone 3A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 6) M822 Zone 3B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 7) M823 Zone 4A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 8) M824 Zone 4B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 9) M825 Zone 5A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1866(bit 10) M826 Zone 5B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-15

Receive Data (Host -> AB PLC)

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description
BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
1866(bit 11) M827 Zone 6A heater Enable 0:Disable / 1:Enable
1866(bit 12) M828 Zone 6B heater Enable 0:Disable / 1:Enable
1866(bit 13) M829 Zone 7A heater Enable 0:Disable / 1:Enable
1866(bit 14) M830 Zone 7B heater Enable 0:Disable / 1:Enable
1866(bit 15) M831 Zone 8A heater Enable 0:Disable / 1:Enable
1867(bit 0) M832 Zone 8B heater Enable 0:Disable / 1:Enable
1867(bit 1-15) — Spare —
1868(bit 0) M833 Pump1 Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1868(bit 1) M834 Pump2 Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1868(bit 2) M835 Pump3 Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1868(bit 3) M836 Pump4 Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
1868(bit 4-10) — Spare Spare
1868(bit 11) M70 Select Recipe 1 0:Not select / 1:Select
1868(bit 12) M71 Select Recipe 2 0:Not select / 1:Select
1868(bit 13) M72 Select Recipe 3 0:Not select / 1:Select
1868(bit 14) M73 Select Recipe 4 0:Not select / 1:Select
1868(bit 15) M74 Select Recipe 5 0:Not select / 1:Select
1868(bit 9-15) — Spare Spare
1869(bit 0) M837 Fault reset 0:OFF/1:ON

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-16 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Monitor Data (AB PLC -> Host)

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description
BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2689 D100 Hopper Heater temperature 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
present value
2690 D102 Reservoir Heater temperature 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
present value
2691 D104 Zone 1A temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2692 D106 Zone 1B temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2693 D108 Zone 2A temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2694 D110 Zone 2B temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2695 D112 Zone 3A temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2696 D114 Zone 3B temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2697 D116 Zone 4A temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2698 D118 Zone 4B temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2699 D120 Zone 5A temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2700 D122 Zone 5B temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2701 D124 Zone 6A temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2702 D126 Zone 6B temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2703 D128 Zone 7A temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2704 D130 Zone 7B temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2705 D132 Zone 8A temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2706 D134 Zone 8B temperature present 1 °C (F) unit (no decimal)
value
2707 D136 Motor1 Speed present value 1 rpm unit (no decimal)
2708 D138 Motor2 Speed present value 1 rpm unit (no decimal)
2709 D140 Motor3 Speed present value 1 rpm unit (no decimal)
2710 D142 Motor4 Speed present value 1 rpm unit (no decimal)

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-17

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description

BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2889(bit 0) M850 Master control (Heater) 0:OFF/1:ON All enable heaters
ON
2889(bit 1) M851 Master control (Pump) 0:OFF/1:ON All enable motors
ON
2889(bit 2) M852 Standby 0:OFF/1:ON Standby ON
2889(bit 3-15) M853-M865 Spare Spare
2890(bit 0) M866 Hopper/Reservoir heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 1) M867 Zone 1A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 2) M868 Zone 1B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 3) M869 Zone 2A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 4) M870 Zone 2B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 5) M871 Zone 3A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 6) M872 Zone 3B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 7) M873 Zone 4A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 8) M874 Zone 4B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 9) M875 Zone 5A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 0) M876 Zone 5B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 11) M877 Zone 6A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 12) M878 Zone 6B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 13) M879 Zone 7A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 14) M880 Zone 7B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2890(bit 15) M881 Zone 8A heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2891(bit 0) M882 Zone 8B heater Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
2891(bit 1-15 — Spare Spare
2892(bit 0) M883 Pump 1 Enable (Ready) 0:Disable/1:Enable
2892(bit 1) M884 Pump 2 Enable (Ready) 0:Disable/1:Enable
2892(bit 2) M885 Pump 3 Enable (Ready) 0:Disable/1:Enable
2892(bit 3) M886 Pump 4 Enable (Ready) 0:Disable/1:Enable
2892(bit 4-10) — Spare Spare
2892(bit 11) M75 Recipe 1 is selected 0:Not selected / 1:Selected
2892(bit 12) M76 Recipe 2 is selected 0:Not selected / 1:Selected
2892(bit 13) M77 Recipe 3 is selected 0:Not selected / 1:Selected
2892(bit 14) M78 Recipe 4 is selected 0:Not selected / 1:Selected
2892(bit 15) M79 Recipe 5 is selected 0:Not selected / 1:Selected
2893(bit 0) X27 ! Emergency Stop 0:Not emergency stop /
1: Emergency stop
2893(bit 1) M2276 System status Thermostat Open 0:OFF / 1:Thermostat Open
2893(bit 2) M83 System status Zone Heater Fault 0:OFF / 1:Fault
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-18 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Monitor Data (AB PLC -> Host) (contd)

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description
BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2893(bit 3) M84 System status Pump Fault 0:OFF / 1:Fault
2893(bit 4) M81 System status Zone Heater Alert 0:OFF / 1:Alert
2893(bit 5) M82 System status Pump Alert 0:OFF / 1:Alert
2893(bit 6) M104 System status Master heater 0:Heater ON/1:Heater OFF
OFF
2893(bit 7) M105 System status Zone heater OFF 0:Heater ON/1:Heater OFF
2893(bit 8) M106 System status Standby 0:OFF / 1:Standby
2893(bit 9) M101 System status Heating 0:OFF / 1:Heating
2893(bit 10) M107 System status Ready/Low level 0:OFF / 1:Low Level
2893(bit 11) M108 System status Ready/Service 0:Not ready / 1:Ready with
Service Alert
2893(bit 12) M100 System status Ready/OK 0:Not ready / 1:Ready
2893(bit 13) M109 System status Ready Delay 0:OFF / 1:Ready Delay is
working
2893(bit 14-15) — Spare Spare
2894(bit 0) M110 Hopper heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1:Ready
(Turn on with rising edge as the
following)
Hopper heater Temperature
within ±3°C,
Enabled setting, Master heater
ON, and Standby OFF
(Turn off with rising edge as the
following)
Changing the set temperature
±3°C or more, or Disabled
setting
2894(bit 1) M111 Hopper heater Waiting for ready 0:OFF / 1:Waiting for ready
Master heater ON, enabled
setting, no-Fault/Alert
but Temperature deviates more
than ±3°C
2894(bit 2) M112 Hopper heater Alert 0:OFF / 1:Alert
(M1800-1804)
2894(bit 3) M113 Hopper heater Fault 0:OFF / 1:Fault
(M2100-2105)
2894(bit 4) — —
2894(bit 5) — —
2894(bit 6) — — —
2894(bit 7) — — —
2894(bit 8-15 — Spare Spare
2895(bit 0) M120 Reservoir heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1:Ready
(same as Hopper heater)

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-19

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description

BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2895(bit 1) M121 Reservoir heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Hopper heater)
2895(bit 2) M122 Reservoir heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1808-1812)
2895(bit 3) M123 Reservoir heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2108-2113)
2895(bit 4) — — —
2895(bit 5) — — —
2895(bit 6) — — —
2895(bit 7) — — —
2895(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2896(bit 0) M130 Zone 1A heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1:Ready
(same as Hopper heater)
2896(bit 1) M131 Zone 1A heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready
(same as Hopper heater)
2896(bit 2) M132 Zone 1A heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1816-1820)
2896(bit 3) M133 Zone 1A heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2116-2121)
2897(bit 4) M134 Zone 1A heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2897(bit 5) — — —
2897(bit 6) — — —
2897(bit 7) — — —
2896(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2897(bit 0) M140 Zone 1B heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1:Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2897(bit 1) M141 Zone 1B heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2897(bit 2) M142 Zone 1B heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1824-1828)
2897(bit 3) M143 Zone 1B heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2124-2129)
2897(bit 4) M144 Zone 1B heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2897(bit 5) — — —
2897(bit 6) — — —
2897(bit 7) — — —
2897(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-20 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Monitor Data (AB PLC -> Host) (contd)

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description
BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2898(bit 0) M150 Zone 2A heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2898(bit 1) M151 Zone 2A heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2898(bit 2) M152 Zone 2A heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1832-1836)
2898(bit 3) M153 Zone 2A heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2132-2137)
2898(bit 4) M154 Zone 2A heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2898(bit 5) — — —
2898(bit 6) — — —
2898(bit 7) — — —
2898(bit 8-15 — Spare Spare
2899(bit 0) M160 Zone 2B heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2899(bit 1) M161 Zone 2B heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2899(bit 2) M162 Zone 2B heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1840-1844)
2899(bit 3) M163 Zone 2B heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2140-2145)
2899(bit 4) M164 Zone 2B heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2899(bit 5) — — —
2899(bit 6) — — —
2899(bit 7) — — —
2899(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2900(bit 0) M170 Zone 3A heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2900(bit 1) M171 Zone 3A heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2900(bit 2) M172 Zone 3A heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1848-1852)
2900(bit 3) M173 Zone 3A heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2148-2153)
2900(bit 4) M174 Zone 3A heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2900(bit 5) — — —
2900(bit 6) — — —
2900(bit 7) — — —
2900(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-21

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description

BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2901(bit 0) M180 Zone 3B heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2901(bit 1) M181 Zone 3B heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2901(bit 2) M182 Zone 3B heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1856-1860)
2901(bit 3) M183 Zone 3B heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2156-2161)
2901(bit 4) M184 Zone 3B heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2901(bit 5) — — —
2901(bit 6) — — —
2901(bit 7) — — —
2901(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2902(bit 0) M190 Zone 4A heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2902(bit 1) M191 Zone 4A heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2902(bit 2) M192 Zone 4A heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1864-1868)
2902(bit 3) M193 Zone 4A heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2164-2169)
2902(bit 4) M194 Zone 4A heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2902(bit 5) — — —
2902(bit 6) — — —
2902(bit 7) — — —
2902(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2903(bit 0) M200 Zone 4B heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2903(bit 1) M201 Zone 4B heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2903(bit 2) M202 Zone 4B heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1872-1876)
2903(bit 3) M203 Zone 4B heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2172-2177)
2903(bit 4) M204 Zone 4B heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2903(bit 5) — — —
2903(bit 6) — — —
2903(bit 7) — — —
2903(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2904(bit 0) M210 Zone 5A heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-22 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Monitor Data (AB PLC -> Host) (contd)

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description
BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2904(bit 1) M211 Zone 5A heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2904(bit 2) M212 Zone 5A heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1880-1884)
2904(bit 3) M213 Zone 5A heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2180-2185)
2904(bit 4) M214 Zone 5A heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2904(bit 5) — — —
2904(bit 6) — — —
2904(bit 7) — — —
2904(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2905(bit 0) M220 Zone 5B heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2905(bit 1) M221 Zone 5B heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2905(bit 2) M222 Zone 5B heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1888-1892)
2905(bit 3) M223 Zone 5B heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2188-2193)
2905(bit 4) M224 Zone 5B heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2905(bit 5) — — —
2905(bit 6) — — —
2905(bit 7) — — —
2905(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2906(bit 0) M230 Zone 6A heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2906(bit 1) M231 Zone 6A heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2906(bit 2) M232 Zone 6A heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1896-1900)
2906(bit 3) M233 Zone 6A heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2196-2201)
2906(bit 4) M234 Zone 6A heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2906(bit 5) — — —
2906(bit 6) — — —
2906(bit 7) — — —
2906(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2907(bit 0) M240 Zone 6B heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-23

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description

BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2907(bit 1) M241 Zone 6B heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2907(bit 2) M242 Zone 6B heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1904-1908)
2907(bit 3) M243 Zone 6B heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2204-2209)
2907(bit 4) M244 Zone 6B heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2907(bit 5) — — —
2907(bit 6) — — —
2907(bit 7) — — —
2907(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2908(bit 0) M250 Zone 7A heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2908(bit 1) M251 Zone 7A heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2908(bit 2) M252 Zone 7A heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1912-1916)
2908(bit 3) M253 Zone 7A heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2212-2217)
2908(bit 4) M254 Zone 7A heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2908(bit 5) — — —
2908(bit 6) — — —
2908(bit 7) — — —
2908(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2909(bit 0) M260 Zone 7B heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2909(bit 1) M261 Zone 7B heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2909(bit 2) M262 Zone 7B heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1920-1924)
2909(bit 3) M263 Zone 7B heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2220-2225)
2909(bit 4) M264 Zone 7B heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2909(bit 5) — — —
2909(bit 6) — — —
2909(bit 7) — — —
2909(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2910(bit 0) M270 Zone 8A heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2910(bit 1) M271 Zone 8A heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-24 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Monitor Data (AB PLC -> Host) (contd)

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description
BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2910(bit 2) M272 Zone 8A heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1928-1932)
2910(bit 3) M273 Zone 8A heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2228-2233)
2910(bit 4) M274 Zone 8A heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2910(bit 5) — — —
2910(bit 6) — — —
2910(bit 7) — — —
2910(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2911(bit 0) M280 Zone 8B heater Ready/OK 0:OFF / 1: Ready
(same as Zone 1A)
2911(bit 1) M281 Zone 8B heater Waiting for 0:OFF / 1: Waiting for ready
ready (same as Zone 1A)
2911(bit 2) M282 Zone 8B heater Alert 0:OFF / 1: Alert
(M1936-1940)
2911(bit 3) M283 Zone 8B heater Fault 0:OFF / 1: Fault
(M2236-2241)
2911(bit 4) M284 Zone 8B heater Unavailable 0:OFF/1: Unavailable
2911(bit 5) — — —
2911(bit 6) — — —
2911(bit 7) — — —
2911(bit 8-15) — Spare Spare
2912(bit 1) M303 Pump 1 Fault 0:No Fault / 1:Fault
2912(bit 2-15) — Spare —
2913(bit 0) M312 Pump 2 Alert 0:No Alert / 1:Alert
2913(bit 1) M313 Pump 2 Fault 0:No Fault / 1:Fault
2913(bit 2-15) — Spare —
2914(bit 0) M322 Pump 3 Alert 0:No Alert / 1:Alert
2914(bit 1) M323 Pump 3 Fault 0:No Fault / 1:Fault
2914(bit 2-15) — Spare —
2915(bit 0) M332 Pump 4 Alert 0:No Alert / 1:Alert
2915(bit 1) M333 Pump 4 Fault 0:No Fault / 1:Fault
2915(bit 2-15) — Spare Spare
2916(bit 0-15) M1800-M1815 Alert number 1-16 Spare
(Hopper & Zone 1B)
2917(bit 0-15) M1816-M1831 Alert No.17-32 (Zone 1) 0:OFF/1:ON Refer to Fault/Alert
Message List !

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-25

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description

BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2918(bit 0-15) M1832-M1847 Alert No.33-48 (Zone 2) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2919(bit 0-15) M1848-M1863 Alert No.49-64 (Zone 3) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2920(bit 0-15) M1864-M1879 Alert No.65-80 (Zone 4) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2921(bit 0-15) M1880-M1895 Alert No.81-96 (Zone 5) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2922(bit 0-15) M1896-M1911 Alert No.97-112 (Zone 6) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2923(bit 0-15) M1912-M1927 Alert No.113-128 (Zone 7) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2924(bit 0-15) M1928-M1943 Alert No.129-144 (Zone 8) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2925(bit 0-15) M1944-M1959 Alert No.145-160 Pump1&2 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2926(bit 0-15) M1960-M1975 Alert No.161-176 Pump 3 & 4 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2927(bit 0-15) M1976-M1991 Alert No.177-182 Low Level, 0:OFF/1:ON
Service etc Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2928-2935 M1992-M2055 Release For Future Use 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2936(bit 0-15) M2100-M2115 Fault No.1-16 0:OFF/1:ON
(Hopper & Zone 1B) Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2937(bit 0-15) M2116-M2131 Fault No.17-32 (Zone 1) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2938(bit 0-15) M2132-M2147 Fault No.33-48 (Zone 2) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2939(bit 0-15) M2148-M2163 Fault No.49-64 (Zone 3) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2940(bit 0-15) M2164-M2179 Fault No.65-80 (Zone 4) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2941(bit 0-15) M2180-M2195 Fault No.81-96 (Zone 5) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2942(bit 0-15) M2196-M2211 Fault No.97-112 (Zone 6) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2943(bit 0-15) M2212-M2227 Fault No.113-128 (Zone 7) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2944(bit 0-15) M2228-M2243 Fault No.129-144 (Zone 8) 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2945(bit 0-15) M2244-M2259 Fault No.145-160 Pump 1 & 2 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-26 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Monitor Data (AB PLC -> Host) (contd)

PLC AB PLC Device Data Name Description
BFM Address (PLC AB)
(Bit Number)
2946(bit 0-15) M2260-M2275 Fault No.161-176 Pump3&4 0:OFF/1:ON
Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2947(bit 0-15) M2276-M2291 Fault No.177-182 Low Level, 0:OFF/1:ON
Service etc Refer to Fault/Alert Message List
2948-2955 M2292-M2355 Release For Future Use —

Fault/Alert Message Lists

Alert Message List

When an alert occurs, AltaBlue PLC continues to work until it's kept for two
minutes. Then, the fault occurs in two minutes.

All alerts are reported to the parent machine through Ethernet.

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M1800 Hopper Low Temp Alert Hopper has dropped below The temperature fell less than
defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits)after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1801 Hopper High Temp Alert Hopper has risen above The temperature rose more
defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1802 Hopper Short RTD Alert Hopper RTD Short. The melter Temperature sensor
continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1803 Hopper Open RTD Alert Hopper RTD Open. The melter Temperature sensor was
continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1804 Hopper Not Heating Hopper is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise 2°
Alert melter continues to work, but (36°F) even if it passes for 5
maintenance may be required. minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-27

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M1805 Hopper Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1808 Reservoir Low Temp Reservoir has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1809 Reservoir High Temp Reservoir has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1810 Reservoir Short RTD Reservoir RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1811 Reservoir Open RTD Reservoir RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1812 Reservoir Not Heating Reservoir is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1813 Reservoir Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1816 Zone 1A Low Temp Zone 1A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-28 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Alert Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M1817 Zone 1A High Temp Zone 1A has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1818 Zone 1A Short RTD Zone 1A RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1819 Zone 1A Open RTD Zone 1A RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1820 Zone 1A Not Heating Zone 1A is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1821 Zone 1A Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1824 Zone 1B Low Temp Zone 1B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1825 Zone 1B High Temp Zone 1B has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1826 Zone 1B Short RTD Zone 1B RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1827 Zone 1B Open RTD Zone 1B RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-29

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M1828 Zone 1B Not Heating Zone 1B is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1829 Zone 1B Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1832 Zone 2A Low Temp Zone 2B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1833 Zone 2A High Temp Zone 2B has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1834 Zone 2A Short RTD Zone 2B RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1835 Zone 2A Open RTD Zone 2B RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1836 Zone 2A Not Heating Zone 2B is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-30 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Alert Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M1837 Zone 2A Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1840 Zone 2B Low Temp Zone 2B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1841 Zone 2B High Temp Zone 2B has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1842 Zone 2B Short RTD Zone 2B RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1843 Zone 2B Open RTD Zone 2B RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1844 Zone 2B Not Heating Zone 2B is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1845 Zone 2B Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1848 Zone 3A Low Temp Zone 3A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-31

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M1849 Zone 3A High Temp Zone 3A has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1850 Zone 3A Short RTD Zone 3A RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1851 Zone 3A Open RTD Zone 3A RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1852 Zone 3A Not Heating Zone 3A is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1853 Zone 3A Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1856 Zone 3B Low Temp Zone 3B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1857 Zone 3B High Temp Zone 3B has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1858 Zone 3B Short RTD Zone 3B RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1859 Zone 3B Open RTD Zone 3B RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-32 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Alert Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M1860 Zone 3B Not Heating Zone 3B is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1861 Zone 3B Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1864 Zone 4A Low Temp Zone 4A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1865 Zone 4A High Temp Zone 4A has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1866 Zone 4A Short RTD Zone 4A RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1867 Zone 4A Open RTD Zone 4A RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1868 Zone 4A Not Heating Zone 4A is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-33

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M1869 Zone 4A Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1872 Zone 4B Low Temp Zone 4B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1873 Zone 4B High Temp Zone 4B has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1874 Zone 4B Short RTD Zone 4B RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1875 Zone 4B Open RTD Zone 4B RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1876 Zone 4B Not Heating Zone 4B is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1877 Zone 4B Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1880 Zone 5A Low Temp Zone 5A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-34 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Alert Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M1881 Zone 5A High Temp Zone 5A has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1882 Zone 5A Short RTD Zone 5A RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1883 Zone 5A Open RTD Zone 5A RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1884 Zone 5A Not Heating Zone 5A is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1885 Zone 5A Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1888 Zone 5B Low Temp Zone 5B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1889 Zone 5B High Temp Zone 5B has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1890 Zone 5B Short RTD Zone 5B RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1891 Zone 5B Open RTD Zone 5B RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-35

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M1892 Zone 5B Not Heating Zone 5B is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1893 Zone 5B Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1896 Zone 6A Low Temp Zone 6A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1897 Zone 6A High Temp Zone 6A has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1898 Zone 6A Short RTD Zone 6A RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1899 Zone 6A Open RTD Zone 6A RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1900 Zone 6A Not Heating Zone 6A is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-36 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Alert Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M1901 Zone 6A Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1904 Zone 6B Low Temp Zone 6B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1905 Zone 6B High Temp Zone 6B has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1906 Zone 6B Short RTD Zone 6B RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1907 Zone 6B Open RTD Zone 6B RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1908 Zone 6B Not Heating Zone 6B is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1909 Zone 6B Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1912 Zone 7A Low Temp Zone 7A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-37

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M1913 Zone 7A High Temp Zone 7A has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1914 Zone 7A Short RTD Zone 7A RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1915 Zone 7A Open RTD Zone 7A RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1916 Zone 7A Not Heating Zone 7A is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1917 Zone 7A Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1920 Zone 7B Low Temp Zone 7B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1921 Zone 7B High Temp Zone 7B has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1922 Zone 7B Short RTD Zone 7B RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1923 Zone 7B Open RTD Zone 7B RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-38 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Alert Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M1924 Zone 7B Not Heating Zone 7B is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1925 Zone 7B Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1928 Zone 8A Low Temp Zone 8A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1929 Zone 8A High Temp Zone 8A has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1930 Zone 8A Short RTD Zone 8A RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1931 Zone 8A Open RTD Zone 8A RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1932 Zone 8A Not Heating Zone 8A is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-39

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M1933 Zone 8A Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1936 Zone 8B Low Temp Zone 8B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Alert defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
The melter continues to work, limits) after reaching Ready
but maintenance may be while working.
required.
M1937 Zone 8B High Temp Zone 8B has risen above The temperature rose more
Alert defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
The melter continues to work, temperature limits) after
but maintenance may be reaching Ready while working.
required.
M1938 Zone 8B Short RTD Zone 8B RTD Short. The Temperature sensor
Alert melter continues to work, but short-circuited.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1939 Zone 8B Open RTD Zone 8B RTD Open. The Temperature sensor was
Alert melter continues to work, but snapped.
maintenance may be required. This alert occurs if heater is
working or not.
M1940 Zone 8B Not Heating Zone 8B is not Heating. The The temperature doesn't rise
Alert melter continues to work, but 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
maintenance may be required. 5 minutes.
This alert only occurs when the
temperature is less than set
point of under limit right before
starting working.
M1941 Zone 8B Ethernet Alert — Temperature set point is
abnormal. It's not set in the
range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
450°F through Ethernet. In this
case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1945 Pump 1 Driver Alert Pump 1 motor driver fault. The The motor driver outputs alarm
melter continues to work. signal while motor was rotating.
Check motor driver. Refer to
the Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-40 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Alert Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M1947 Pump 1 Ethernet Alert — Speed set point is abnormal.
It's not set in the range of 5 to
94rpm (AC motor) or 5 to
66rmp (Servo motor) through
Ethernet. In this case the set
point isn't changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1953 Pump 2 Driver Alert Pump 2 motor driver fault. The The motor driver outputs alarm
melter continues to work. signal while motor was rotating.
Check motor driver. Refer to
the Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M1955 Pump 2 Ethernet Alert — Speed set point is abnormal.
It's not set in the range of 5 to
94rpm (AC motor) or 5 to
66rmp (Servo motor) through
Ethernet. In this case the set
point isn't changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1961 Pump 3 Driver Alert Pump 3 motor driver fault. The The motor driver outputs alarm
melter continues to work. signal while motor was rotating.
Check motor driver. Refer to
the Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M1963 Pump 3 Ethernet Alert — Speed set point is abnormal.
It's not set in the range of 5 to
94rpm (AC motor) or 5 to
66rmp (Servo motor) through
Ethernet. In this case the set
point isn't changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1969 Pump 4 Driver Alert Pump 3 motor driver fault. The The motor driver outputs alarm
melter continues to work. signal while motor was rotating.
Check motor driver. Refer to
the Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-41

M1971 Pump 4 Ethernet Alert — Speed set point is abnormal.

It's not set in the range of 5 to
94rpm (AC motor) or 5 to
66rmp (Servo motor) through
Ethernet. In this case the set
point isn't changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M1977 Low Level — Low level is detected.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record, System status
and reported through
Ethernet.)
M1980 Recipe 1 empty — Reservoir temperature setting
through Ethernet is not
available (not more than 40°or
450°F).
M1981 Recipe 2 empty — Same as Recipe 1 empty.
M1982 Recipe 3 empty — Same as Recipe 1 empty.
M1983 Recipe 4 empty — Same as Recipe 1 empty.

Fault Message List

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M1984 Recipe 5 empty — Same as Recipe 1 empty.
M2100 Hopper Low Temp Fault Hopper has dropped below The temperature fell less than
defined SetPoint threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. limits) after reaching Ready
Refer to the Troubleshooting while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2101 Hopper High Temp Hopper has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2102 Hopper Short RTD Fault Hopper RTD Short. Melter Temperature sensor
doesn't work. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace This alert occurs if heater is
the RTD. working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-42 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M2103 Hopper Open RTD Fault Hopper RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2104 Hopper Not Heating Hopper not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2105 Hopper Heating Over Hopper reached at 235°C Temperature set point is
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. abnormal. It's not set in the
Refer to the Troubleshooting range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
section for additional 450°F through Ethernet. In this
troubleshooting. case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M2108 Reservoir Low Temp Reservoir has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. limits) after reaching Ready
Refer to the Troubleshooting while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2109 Reservoir High Temp Reservoir has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2110 Reservoir Short RTD Reservoir RTD Short. Melter Temperature sensor
Fault not working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2111 Reservoir Open RTD Reservoir RTD Open. Melter Temperature sensor was
Fault not working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-43

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M2112 Reservoir Not Heating Reservoir not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2115 Hopper Heating Over Reservoir reached at 235°C Temperature set point is
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. abnormal. It's not set in the
Refer to the Troubleshooting range of 40 to 232°C or 104 to
section for additional 450°F through Ethernet. In this
troubleshooting. case the set point isn't
changed.
(This alert is displayed only on
Alert Record and reported
through Ethernet.)
M2116 Zone 1A Low Temp Zone 1A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. limits) after reaching Ready
Refer to the Troubleshooting while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2117 Zone 1A High Temp Zone 1A has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2118 Zone 1A Short RTD Zone 1A RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2119 Zone 1A Open RTD Zone 1A RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2120 Zone 1A Not Heating Zone 1A not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-44 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Fault Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M2121 Zone 1A Heating Over Zone 1A reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2124 Zone 1B Low Temp Zone 1B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. limits) after reaching Ready
Refer to the Troubleshooting while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2125 Zone 1B High Temp Zone 1B has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2126 Zone 1B Short RTD Zone 1B RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2127 Zone 1B Open RTD Zone 1B RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2128 Zone 1B Not Heating Zone 1B not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2129 Zone 1B Heating Over Zone 1B reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2132 Zone 2A Low Temp Zone 2A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-45

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M2133 Zone 2A High Temp Zone 2A has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. Refer to the temperature limits) after
Troubleshooting section for reaching Ready while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2134 Zone 2A Short RTD Zone 2A RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2135 Zone 2A Open RTD Zone 2A RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2136 Zone 2A Not Heating Zone 2A not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to the Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2137 Zone 2A Heating Over Zone 2A reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2140 Zone 2B Low Temp Zone 2B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2141 Zone 2B High Temp Zone 2B has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2142 Zone 2B Short RTD Zone 2B RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace This alert occurs if heater is
the RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-46 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Fault Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M2143 Zone 2B Open RTD Zone 2B RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace This alert occurs if heater is
the RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2144 Zone 2B Not Heating Zone 2B not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to the Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2145 Zone 2B Heating Over Zone 2B reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2148 Zone 3A Low Temp Zone 3A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point(Under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2149 Zone 3A High Temp Zone 3A has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2150 Zone 3A Short RTD Zone 3A RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2151 Zone 3A Open RTD Zone 3A RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2152 Zone 3A Not Heating Zone 3A not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-47

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M2153 Zone 3A Heating Over Zone 3B reached at 235 °C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2156 Zone 3B Low Temp Zone 3B has risen above The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. limits) after reaching Ready
Refer to the Troubleshooting while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2157 Zone 3B High Temp Zone 3B has dropped below The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. Refer to the temperature limits) after
Troubleshooting section for reaching Ready while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2158 Zone 3B Short RTD Zone 3B has risen above Temperature sensor
Fault defined Set Point threshold. short-circuited.
Heaters turned off. This alert occurs if heater is
Refer to the Troubleshooting working or not.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2159 Zone 3B Open RTD Zone 3B RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2160 Zone 3B Not Heating Zone 3B RTD Open. Melter not The temperature doesn't rise
working. Check the 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections or replace the 5 minutes.
RTD. Refer to the This alert only occurs when the
Troubleshooting section for temperature is less than set
additional troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2161 Zone 3B Heating Over Zone 3B reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2164 Zone 4A Low Temp Zone 4A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-48 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Fault Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M2165 Zone 4A High Temp Zone 4A has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2166 Zone 4A Short RTD Zone 4A RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace This alert occurs if heater is
the RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2167 Zone 4A Open RTD Zone 4A RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2168 Zone 4A Not Heating Zone 4A not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2169 Zone 4A Heating Over Zone 4A reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2172 Zone 4B Low Temp Zone 4B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2173 Zone 4B High Temp Zone 4B has dropped below The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. Refer to the temperature limits) after
Troubleshooting section for reaching Ready while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2174 Zone 4B Short RTD Zone 4B has risen above Temperature sensor
Fault defined Set Point threshold. short-circuited.
Heaters turned off. This alert occurs if heater is
Refer to the Troubleshooting working or not.
section for additional
troubleshooting.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-49

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M2175 Zone 4B Open RTD Zone 4B RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace This alert occurs if heater is
the RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2176 Zone 4B Not Heating Zone 4B not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise 2
turned off. Check the heater (36°F) even if it passes for 5
connections! minutes.
Refer to Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2177 Zone 4B Heating Over Zone 4B reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2180 Zone 5A Low Temp Zone 5A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2181 Zone 5A High Temp Zone 5A has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2182 Zone 5A Short RTD Zone 5A RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace This alert occurs if heater is
the RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2183 Zone 5A Open RTD Zone 5A RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace This alert occurs if heater is
the RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2184 Zone 5A Not Heating Zone 5A not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to the Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-50 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Fault Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M2185 Zone 5A Heating Over Zone 5A reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2188 Zone 5B Low Temp Zone 5B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2189 Zone 5B High Temp Zone 5B has dropped below The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. Refer to the temperature limits) after
Troubleshooting section for reaching Ready while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2190 Zone 5B Short RTD Zone 5B has risen above Temperature sensor
Fault defined Set Point threshold. short-circuited.
Heaters turned off. This alert occurs if heater is
Refer to the Troubleshooting working or not.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2191 Zone 5B Open RTD Zone 5B RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace This alert occurs if heater is
the RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2192 Zone 5B Not Heating Zone 5B not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to the Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2193 Zone 5B Heating Over Zone 5B reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2196 Zone 6A Low Temp Zone 6A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-51

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M2197 Zone 6A High Temp Zone 6A has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2198 Zone 6A Short RTD Zone 6A RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2199 Zone 6A Open RTD Zone 6A RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2200 Zone 6A Not Heating Zone 6A not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to the Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2201 Zone 6A Heating Over Zone 6A reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2204 Zone 6B Low Temp Zone 6B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2205 Zone 6B High Temp Zone 6B has dropped below The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. Refer to the temperature limits) after
Troubleshooting section for reaching Ready while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2206 Zone 6B Short RTD Zone 6B has risen above Temperature sensor
Fault defined Set Point threshold. short-circuited.
Heaters turned off. This alert occurs if heater is
Refer to the Troubleshooting working or not.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-52 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Fault Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M2207 Zone 6B Open RTD Zone 6B RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace This alert occurs if heater is
the RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2208 Zone 6B Not Heating Zone 6B not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to the Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2209 Zone 6B Heating Over Zone 6B reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2212 Zone 7A Low Temp Zone 7A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2213 Zone 7A High Temp Zone 7A has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2214 Zone 7A Short RTD Zone 7A RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2215 Zone 7A Open RTD Zone 7A RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2216 Zone 7A Not Heating Zone 7A not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-53

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M2217 Zone 7A Heating Over Zone 7A reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2220 Zone 7B Low Temp Zone 7B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2221 Zone 7B High Temp Zone 7B has dropped below The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. Refer to the temperature limits) after
Troubleshooting section for reaching Ready while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2222 Zone 7B Short RTD Zone 7B has risen above Temperature sensor
Fault defined Set Point threshold. short-circuited.
Heaters turned off. This alert occurs if heater is
Refer to the Troubleshooting working or not.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2223 Zone 7B Open RTD Zone 7B RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2224 Zone 7B Not Heating Zone 7B not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to the Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2225 Zone 7B Heating Over Zone 7B reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2228 Zone 8A Low Temp Zone 8A has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2229 Zone 8A High Temp Zone 8A has risen above The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. temperature limits) after
Refer to the Troubleshooting reaching Ready while working.
section for additional
troubleshooting.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-54 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Fault Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M2230 Zone 8A Short RTD Zone 8A RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor
Fault working. Check the short-circuited.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2231 Zone 8A Open RTD Zone 8A RTD Open. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2232 Zone 8A Not Heating Zone 8A not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to the Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2233 Zone 8A Heating Over Zone 8A reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2236 Zone 8B Low Temp Zone 8B has dropped below The temperature fell less than
Fault defined Set Point threshold. set point (under temperature
Heaters turned off. Refer to the limits) after reaching Ready
Troubleshooting section for while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2237 Zone 8B High Temp Zone 8B has dropped below The temperature rose more
Fault defined Set Point threshold. than set point t (over
Heaters turned off. Refer to the temperature limits) after
Troubleshooting section for reaching Ready while working.
additional troubleshooting.
M2238 Zone 8B Short RTD Zone 8B has risen above Temperature sensor
Fault defined Set Point threshold. short-circuited.
Heaters turned off. This alert occurs if heater is
Refer to the Troubleshooting working or not.
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2239 Zone 8B Open RTD Zone 8B RTD Short. Melter not Temperature sensor was
Fault working. Check the snapped.
connections or replace the This alert occurs if heater is
RTD. Refer to the working or not.
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-55

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition

Device
(PLC AB)
M2240 Zone 8B Not Heating Zone 8B not Heating. Heaters The temperature doesn't rise
turned off. Check the heater 2°C (36°F) even if it passes for
connections! 5 minutes.
Refer to the Troubleshooting This alert only occurs when the
section for additional temperature is less than set
troubleshooting. point of under limit right before
starting working.
M2241 Zone 8B Heating Over Zone 8B reached at 235°C Temperature rose more than
Temp (455°F). Heaters turned off. 235°C (455°F).
Refer to the Troubleshooting This fault occurs if heater is
section for additional working or not.
troubleshooting.
M2244 Pump 1 Block Fault Pump 1 shaft broke. Melter not The sensor for detecting
working. Check the motor rotation cannot detect motor is
shaft. working.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2246 Pump 1 Thermostat Pump 1 motor thermostat The thermostat for motor is
Open Fault open. Melter not working. open. This fault occurs if motor
Check the motor is working or not.
connection. Refer to the
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2252 Pump 2 Block Fault Pump 2 shaft broke. Melter not The sensor for detecting
working. Check the motor rotation cannot detect motor is
shaft. working.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2254 Pump 2 Thermostat Pump 2 motor thermostat The thermostat for motor is
Open Fault open. Melter not working. open. This fault occurs if motor
Check the motor is working or not.
connection. Refer to the
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.
M2260 Pump 3 Block Fault Pump 3 shaft broke. Melter not The sensor for detecting
working. Check the motor Rotation cannot detect motor is
shaft. working.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2262 Pump 3 Thermostat Pump 3 motor thermostat The thermostat for motor is
Open Fault open. Melter not working. open. This fault occurs if motor
Check the motor connection. is working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-56 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Fault Message List (contd)

PLC Alert Record Attention Window Message Occurrence Condition
Device
(PLC AB)
M2268 Pump 4 Block Fault Pump 4 shaft broke. Melter not The sensor for detecting
working. Check the motor Rotation cannot detect motor is
shaft. working.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2270 Pump 4 Thermostat Pump 4 motor thermostat The thermostat for motor is
Open Fault open. Melter not working. open. This fault occurs if motor
Check the motor connection. is working or not.
Refer to the Troubleshooting
section for additional
troubleshooting.
M2276 Thermostat Fault Melter thermostat open. Melter The thermostat for the melter is
not working. Check the open. This fault occurs if heater
thermostat connection or is working or not.
replace it. Refer to the
Troubleshooting section for
additional troubleshooting.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-57

Operating Time Chart (PLC AB <-> Host)

Setting Heater Temperature

Figure A-6 Setting heater temperature

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-58 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Setting Pump Speed

Figure A-7 Setting pump speed

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-59

Master Control

Figure A-8 Master control

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-60 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Heater Enable/Disable

Figure A-9 Heater enable/disable

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-61

Pump Enable/Disable

Figure A-10 Pump enable/disable

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-62 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Recipe Select

Figure A-11 Recipe select

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-63

Fault Reset

Figure A-12 Fault reset

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1125334_03

A-64 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1125334_03 E 2018 Nordson Corporation